Show: 25 50 75 100 Results

Search results: 75 out of 1,399

الفكر الشعري في العصر الجاهلي == Poetic thought in the pre - Islamic era

Author name: هدى بازول فرهود
Supervisor name: عواد كاظم لفتة الغزي
Specific topic: Language
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: فقد حظي العصر الجاهلي بالعديد من الدراسات الا ان كثيرا من هذه الدراسات وصفت الانسان الجاهلي بالبدائية في التفكير ولكن اعادة النظر فيما امتلكه شاعر ذلك العصر من رؤية فكرية اصطبغت بصبغة عقلانية , انمازت فيها العقلية الجاهلية بعمق الوعي في التفكير والقدرة على التعبير تجاه الانسان والحياة والوجود , فقد ضم الشعر الجاهلي بين طياته مجموعة من الافكار الشعرية التي اشارت اليها بعض الدراسات , منها ( البنى التحتية لثقافتنا العربية في ضوء الشعر ) للدكتور : كاظم حمد محراث , و( هاجس الخلود في الشعر العربي حتى نهاية العصر الاموي ) للدكتور : عبد الرزاق خليفة محمود الدليمي , و( الادب الجاهلي , قضايا وفنون ونصوص ) للدكتور : حسني عبد الجليل يوسف , التي اشارت بطريقة او باخرى الى بعض الافكار الشعرية .وقد تم اختيار الموضوع من قبل مشرفي وقد اعجبني الموضوع الا انني كنت متخوفة من عدم التوصل الى الافكار الذائبة في الشعر الجاهلي التي سعى اليها الشاعر لعدم احاطتي الكافية بمضامين الشعر الجاهلي , فضلا عن صعوبة التطبيق في تحليل النصوص الجاهلية لما يكتنفه من صعوبة الالفاظ , ولعل تلك اهم المعوقات التي واجهتني اثناء كتابة البحث .ولما كان الشعر الجاهلي يمثل خزانة العرب الفكرية في عصر ما قبل الاسلام اذ شكل سجل معارفهم ومطوية ايامهم وتجليات ثقافتهم , فتعددت موضوعاته , وانمازت صوره , فكان معين الدارسين في معرفة روح الانسان وكينونة المجتمع ومتبنيات الفكر , وشكلت تلك الانساق الماحة اولية باكتناف الشعر افكارا تجسد هذا الوجود الحياتي فشرعت في تتبع تلك الالماحات وتجلياتها , وانساق ظهورها في النص الشعري واخضاعها للدرس والتحليل .واقتضت دراسة الفكر الشعري في العصر الجاهلي على ان تكون في ثلاثة فصول تسبقها مقدمة وتمهيد وتعقبها خاتمة . اذ سلط التمهيد الضوء على مختلف الافكار التي احتواها الشعر الجاهلي وكيف استطاع الشاعر الجاهلي ان يصور حياته وحياة مجتمعه بكل ابعادها الفكرية والسياسية والاجتماعية , حتى استطاع ان يكشف عن مجمل افكاره بوساطة شعره .وجاء الفصل الاول ( الافق الفكري والبنية الفنية ) على ثلاثة مباحث : كان الاول في ( التناقض الفكري واندثار الطلل ) الذي كان البحث فيه عما يشكله الطلل من ايقونة وما يمكن ان تحتويه من تناقض , على حين جاء المبحث الثاني يستقصي ( فكرة التمثيل وربوبية المراة ) وما يمكن ان تمثله المراة في فكر الشاعر الجاهلي , اما المبحث الثالث (الخلاص والفناء وغائية الحيوان) فجاء للكشف عن الحيوان الذي يشارك الشاعر في رحلة الصحراء وما يمكن ان يسقط الشاعر بوساطته من افكار شعرية على واقعه .وتضمن الفصل الثاني ( ائتلاف الثيم والتوحد الفكري ) ثلاثة مباحث : كان المبحث الاول محاولة في تفكيك ( ذاكرة المديح وفكرة الخلود ) وما تحتويه ثيمة المديح من فكرة شعرية استثمرها الشاعر الجاهلي , على حين كان المبحث الثاني يسبر( مثالية الغزل والمعادل الفكري ) وكان البحث فيه عن ماهية التغزل بالمراة وما يحويه الغزل من فكرة شعرية , وجاء المبحث الثالث يستظهر ( مرايا الرثاء والتامل الفكري ) فهو مقاربة الرثاء الجاهلي والموت وما يعنيه في فكر الشاعر.اما الفصل الثالث ( توازي الثيم والتضاد الفكري ) فقد تضمن ثلاثة مباحث : جاء المبحث الاول كاشفا عن ( نبوءات الهجاء والتطهير الفكري ) وما يمكن ان يحيل عليه الهجاء في العصر من دلالات فكرية , وجاء المبحث الثاني بعنوان ( طبقية الفخر والاجناسية الفكرية ) وهو محاولة في تصنيف موضوعة الفخر على طبقات دلالية ومن ثم الدلف الى اجناسيتها الفكرية بحسب كل طبقة , اما المبحث الثالث فاستدعى ( ديمومة الحماسة والوعي الفكري ) التي جعلت الوجودية ملمحا فكريا يستدعي الذود عنها شعريا . ومما ينبغي الاشارة اليه ان الدراسة اتكات على المنهج الوصفي التحليلي الذي ساعد كثيرا في سبر اغوار الشعر الجاهلي وما يتضمنه من افكار . وانهيت بحثي بخاتمة اشتملت على اهم النتائج التي توصلت اليها في هذه الدراسة واتبعتها بقائمة المصادر والمراجع .واخيرا لا يسعني الا ان اتقدم بالشكر والتقدير والامتنان لاستاذي الفاضل الدكتور عواد كاظم لفته لما بذله من جهد في مساعدتي اعجز عن شكره , اذ لم يبخل علي باي توجيه او نصيحة كان لها دور في اتمام هذا البحث , فكان بحق نعم الاستاذ المعين فلا املك امام ما قدمه الا ان اسال الله العلي القدير ان يمن عليه بالخير والعافية .وفي الختام اسال الله العلي القدير ان يوفقني في جهدي هذا , واحمده واشكره بما انعم علي من نعمة الصبر حتى تمكنت من اكماله , فارجو ان اكون قد وفيته حقه . | Pre - Islamic era had numerous studies , many of these studies had described the man of that period as a primitive in consciousness and way of thinking bat because of what is owned by the poet of that era of intellectual vision stained with logical view . The mentality state or the way of thinking of the pre - Islamic era had characterized by deep intellectual awareness concerning issues like mankind , life and entity . Thus , the poetry of that period included a series of poetic thoughts which was aimed to by the poet through his poetry . This subject ( poetic thought in the pre - Islamic era ) had focused spot light on variety of poetic thoughts which were included in the pre - Islamic poetry and how the poet could describe his life as well as his society's . So he was able to reveal all his ideas through his poetry . The reader of various poetry samples of that period will notice the poem technical structure that deals with variety of subject like : standing on the ruins , describing women's beauty in which the poet is flirting , also describing animals like camel , horse and wild bull and many other subjects which are included in many poems of Arabic old poetry up to the main purpose for which the poem was said. The main purposes in the pre - Islamic poem are self - pity , praise , generosity , pride and enthusiasm . The pre - Islamic poet was the person who tried to re - shape the existence by poetry and he was conveying the visions and ideas in attempt to make balance between himself and the world around him. That was done through finding ideals concerning of how the world around us should be. So that the poem subject came depending on many poetry themes in which every theme conveys in its details a group of poetic ideas depending mostly on the man personality. These themes add or take some characteristic from poetry personality. Although poetry subjects are multiple , they flow in one that encourages good characteristics and rejects bad characteristics that exist in the pre - Islamic personality. To conclude all that leads to the ideal personality of man who meets the ideal woman in the pre - Islamic poetry. We can notice in that type of poems the attempt to subdue the receiver to what is the poet conveying in his mind since we knew the poetry character is the vital part of the poem text . Thus the pre - Islamic poem had conveyed many intellectual , social and psychological signs that assisted to discover the intellectual vision of pre - Islamic poet .

الفضاء الروائي عند اسماعيل فهد اسماعيل 2010 - 2015 == The Narrative Space of Ismail Fahad Ismail 2010 - 2015

Author name: بيداء جابر غالي
Supervisor name: حميد يعكوب نعيمة الصافي
Specific topic: Language
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: Narrative telling takes an innovative course that made it transcend the familiar traditional aspects to new literary phenomena of peculiar characteristics and frames as per every writer's vision and how he/she internally deals with the narrative text as long as novel has become in our present time a significant harmonious symphony as a literary genre that has undergone many complex stages, and adopted a lot of approaches and postulates, particularly concept of spatiality , which elicited a lot of scholars' interests. This is what may have driven me to have chosen it as a theme for my thesis in an attempt to express my vision about this component. I chose the novels of Ismal Fahad Ismal,the Kuwaiti novelist, published from 2010 to 2015 for not being studied before, while his novels published from 1970 to 2009 were elaborately. My study covered five of his novels, based on the date of its publication. They are as follows : - When your head on a way… and your name on another way. - In the presence of Phoenix and the faithful lover - Birds of Al - Taji - Musk. - Next appearance of Bin La'boon.Textual methodology was adopted, which took two courses (Time and Place). In the preface, the researcher shed light briefly on the concept of space and the problem of its definition, with briefing of the author's biography, the most important studies of his literary products and finally and his significant literary achievements.In the first chapter, the concept of spatiality was tackled under two perspectives : In the first section, I discussed the level of arrangement as per two techniques of recollection; monologue and dialogue And two kinds of prescience as forwarding and as announcement. The second section focused on the two levels of continuation; slow pace of narration by using pauses, scenes and speeding of narration by using of dropping and summarising. The second chapter focused on spatiality with a theoretical forward which explains the importance of place in novel as an essential element in novel structure in two sections. The first tackled spatial space as to its relation to reality as a realistic and miraculous while the second section dealt with place as an element of signification which falls into four levels; social, expressive, political and cultural.In the third chapter, the relationship of the place to other narrative components. The first section concentrated on place relation to personality; affiliation, divergence, psychological relations. In the second section, the researcher considered its relation to event through three divisions : main place, minor place and the absented place.ConclusionIn the conclusion the author briefed the outcomes of the research and presented thanks to all those who assisted her in her thesis like her supervisor assistant prof Dr, Hamid Yaqub Nama, who helped her overcome all obstacles she confronted in the course of my work.She also thanked all of her teachers in the college of arts. She also thanked the members of the discussion committee.

الصورولوجيا في الرواية العراقية من 2003 الى 2016 == Imagology In Iraqi novel, From 2003 to 2016

Author name: الاء احمد عزيز عيسى
Supervisor name: حازم هاشم منخي
Specific topic: Language
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: الدراسات النقدية الحديثة، ويكتسب اهميته من منظور فكري بوصفه موضوعا جدليا في الدراسات الثقافية عموما، والمؤلفات الادبية شعرا ونثرا على وجه الخصوص, وكذلك يتيح موضوع الصورولوجيا معرفة الانسان للانسان وازالة سوء الفهم بين الشعوب ليسود التواصل بينهما. ولان استاذي الدكتور (حازم هاشم منخي) من المعنيين بالصورولوجيا في بحوثه ومقالاته فقد وجهني لاختيار موضوع الصورولوجيا في الرواية العراقية ما بعد 2003، ومن جملة بحوثه ( صورولوجيا الاستشراق في الرواية العربية) شاركه في مؤتمر جامعة واسط 2013، ومحاضرة له بعنوان ( صورولوجيا الشعر العراقي) منشورة في مجلة حبر ابيض ، عبادان ، العدد 8، ايار 2017. والرواية بوصفها فن الاخر مثلما يصفها الدارسون، تعد من اكثر الفنون الادبية تعبيرا عن موضوع الصورة الادبية للاخر، وقد برز هذا الموضوع بقوة في روايات ما بعد 2003، لان ما يجري في العراق من صراعات وحروب وارهاب جعل هذا الموضوع في الصدارة.ان الاخر الذي نحن بصدد دراسة صورته الادبية لا يقتصر فقط على مفهوم الاخر الخارجي (الاجنبي) الذي يشغل حيزا كبيرا داخل النصوص الروائية، بل امتد ليشمل اخر يمكن لنا ان نطلق عليه (الاخر الداخلي) الذي انتجنه المتغيرات السياسية والاجتماعية في المنطقة، فقد التفتت الروايات الى اخر داخلي متنوع ومتعدد مثل الرجل في كتابات المراة وابن البلد الذي تحول الى اخر داخلي بسبب الصراعات الدينية والطائفية والقومية والعشائرية، فنحن امام شبكة معقدة من صور الاخر فهناك اخر متعدد وانوات مختلفة التشكيل، كما ان معادلة الاخر غير ثابتة فقد تنتقل الذات الى اخر وبالعكس حسب ظروف الزمان والمكان وغيرها من الظروف. حاولنا الوقوف على اهم وابرز الصور الادبية للاخر سواء كان الاخر الخارجي/ الاجنبي او الداخلي/ المحلي، وقد اعتمدنا في دراستنا هذه على المنهج شبه التكاملي في تحليل النصوص الروائية ، وذلك راجع الى طبيعة الموضوع الذي يتطلب منا استعمال اكثر من منهج تحليلي، لمنح القراءة المقدمة للصورولوجيا في الرواية العراقية ما بعد 2003 مساحة تاويلية مستقلة في التعبير. استقر البحث على مقدمة وتمهيد وثلاثة فصول وخاتمة، جاء التمهيد تحت عنوان (مفهوم الصورولوجيا ومصطلحاتها) وتطرق الى تعريف مصطلح الصورولوجيا وبدايات ظهوره واهميته في الدراسات الادبية الحديثة والعناصر التي تسهم في تكوين الصورة.وجاء الفصل الاول بعنوان (انواع الصورولوجيا ومرجعياتها الثقافية) وفيه اربعة مباحث هي : المبحث الاول : الصورولوجيا الدينية، والمبحث الثاني : الصورولوجيا التاريخية، والمبحث الثالث : الصورولوجيا الاجتماعية، والمبحث الرابع : الصورولوجيا النفسية.اما الفصل الثاني فجاء بعنوان (تقنيات الصورولوجيا وتوظيفاتها) واشتمل على خمسة مباحث هي : المبحث الاول : صورولوجيا المكان الروائي، والمبحث الثاني : صورولوجيا الزمن الروائي، والمبحث الثالث : صورولوجيا الشخصيات الروائية، والمبحث الرابع : صورولوجيا التداخل النصي، والمبحث الخامس : صورولوجيا الجسد. وجاء الفصل الثالث بعنوان (تحولات الصورولوجيا وحالات فهم الاخر) وتضمن ثلاثة مباحث : المبحث الاول : صورولوجيا التشويه السلبي، والمبحث الثاني : صورولوجيا التشويه الايجابي، والمبحث الثالث : صورولوجيا التسامح, في حين تضمنت الخاتمة اهم النتائج التي توصل اليها البحث. واجهت البحث صعوبات عدة ابرزها صعوبة الحصول على المصادر لاسيما الروايات منها، كذلك سعة الموضوع فهو يتصل بعلوم انسانية شتى ، فضلا عن صعوبة تقصي المضمر من ذوات الروائيين وما يسعون له بفعل العلاقات النصية المشتبكة . وهنا لابد لي من التوجه بالشكر لكل من اسهم في اتمام هذا العمل المتواضع الذي هو محاولة خجولة تسعى للنجاح فان نجحت في سعيها فذلك عين الرضا ، وان فشلت فلعلها تكون عونا لدراسات قادمة اكثر جدية. | Imagology or literary imagery is a branch of comparative literature, which has remarkably flourished in the recent years. It is a comparative study of literary works of different nations as far as images are concerned, whether these images are negative or positive, which enables to promote ideals of forgiveness. This study focuses on demonstration of the other's image in the Iraqi novel after 2003 in the terms of imagological perspectives. The reason that drove me to choose the study of the topic of imagology in the Iraqi novels exclusively after 2003, lies in the fact that these novels are greatly involved with violent changes, which the Iraqi society has undergone after the American invasion of Iraq and its repercussions as represented by a lot of complicated issues such as the problem of the branch identities, sectarian displacement, the conflict between the ego and the other and violence and the like. The research falls into an introduction, prelude, three chapters and conclusion. The preface is entitled "The concept of Imagology", which deals with definition of the term "Imagology" and its beginnings and significance in comparative studies as well as the elements that contribute to the formation of the literary image. The first chapter is entitled "kinds of Imagology and its cultural references". It falls into four parts; the first deals with religious image, the second with the historical image, the third with sociological image, and the fourth with the psychological image. . The second chapter is entitled "The Employment of Imagology in the Narrative Techniques". It includes five parts; the first is concerned with novelistic spatiality, the second deals with imagology of novelistic temporality, while the third involves imagology of characterization in the novel and the fourth with imagology of textualisation in the novel and the last part focuses on body imagology . The third chapter is entitled "transformations of imagology and the states of understanding of the other. It includes three parts; the first deals with the stage of negative distortion, the second part; the stage of positive distortion, while the third part focuses on the stage of forgiveness .While in the conclusion, the findings of the research are presented

الشخصية المستلبة في الرواية العراقية المعاصرة من 2004 الى 2014 == Alienation Personal in Contemporary Iraqi Novel From 2004 - 2014

Author name: رائد جميل عكلو
Supervisor name: ضياء غني لفتة العبودي
Specific topic: Language
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: The novel became today prevalent art and dominant on the other arts in the hierarchy of creativity. Which made critics name the present era as (the era of the novel)) as the Diwan of new Arabs who utters silence him from obsessions, and frees the repressed of their desires, and embarks on hopes the future, and go out to date looking in it and reveals his favor and harmful to build brighter lectured , the novel seeks to rooting through the principle of citizenship as civilians art. Today Iraq considered of the Arab countries which took the novel proceeds in the same refinement in order to exit the appearance esthetic new granted eternal in the memory of the people, by the topics addressed by the texts fiction as a cultural field can erupt old and new problems affecting human at the core of its existence. Iraqi novel has begun after opened up the prospects for freedom after the change to address topics sensitive were taboo in the former authoritarian regime time, because the individual will got up from its long slumber, and get rid of the artists Serious for their from creativity power restrictions. The alienation is consider the rampant phenomenon in Iraqi culture structure that penetrated implicit mode the Iraqi human psychology, and prevented him from recognizing its existence in isolation from the requirements of power in its various forms, so it embarked Iraqi novels addressing this negative phenomenon after the change and the demise of repression rock and decline of political repression caused by the historical tyranny in Iraq authority, Stained with novels to this phenomenon. This growing interest is not devoid alienation creators Sensing danger of this phenomenon is rooted in the psychology of the Iraqi individual who accumulated by wars and calamities and regulations alienation. and became the alienation in the novel a true representation of the reality of social infested with them, we can monitor the Iraqi social life and we noticed people of this country languishing under the umbrella alienation, oppression and uprooting, and live their lives with penetrative conscience or ideology colonial reality and convince him to falsify the existence and pay vigorously to defend the legitimacy of alienation itself, which explains alienating human behavior while defending bondage and frowns strange single name of freedom. That's why our studies titled ((alienation personal in contemporary Iraqi novel from 2004 to 2014)), in an attempt to monitor the phenomenon of alienation bullying on our presence, by tracking the central fictional characters main usurped, as an influential figure in the novel structure, creating a plot resulting from the process of events through accompanying personal movement in the fictional narratives that have dealt with this negative phenomenon. The letter came on the three chapters preceded by a preface, epilogue inflict mentioned the most important findings of the research. The preface entitled ((alienation : the history of the term and problematic concept)), in which the letter discussed the individual alienation in the meaning of linguistic and philosophical and critic, and the study sought to isolate the concept of alienation from the other of the concept of Translations (Alienation) compiler as well as the alienation of alienation and humiliation, the study showed the most important cultural reasons actors the prevalence of the phenomenon of alienation in society.The first chapter chose a title ((forms of alienation)) and the study stood on the manifestations of alienation on the personal flat and its impact on text characters and the time and space relationships, and uncovered the four forms of alienation are : First topic : political alienation, second topic : social alienation, The third topic : the psychological alienation, The four topic : cultural alienation. The second chapter title ((ends the alienation awareness)) and followed a personal message usurped in the maximum limits , and It responds negatively to alienation that you can not get rid of him. The study found four ends of three sections : the first topic : the escape from reality, second topic : physical and cultural death, the third section : Isolation and reconciliation.The third chapter was a chapter technically studied the aesthetics of usurped personal by building up the narrative in the text novelist. This chapter came on two topics, namely : First topic : patterns of the alienation Personal. First : listed alienation personal (Thematic narrative).Second : lists alienation Personal (self - narration).The second topic : introduction alienation Personal.First, direct introduction : Informing.Second, indirect introduction : the display.At the end of the research I can only extend my sincere thanks to all of the help offered, and contributed to the maturation of this research and take it out into the light. I must say save me from the pomp and enhances the spirit of scientific humility, which does not claim perfection in the search; because the perfect abort the spirit of research and covers the thirsty soul to Trance truth.And Praise be to Allah, Lord of the Worlds, prayer and peace be upon the prophets and the righteous..

الدكتور جعفر دك الباب وجهوده اللغوية == Dr. Jafar DK Al - bab And his Linguistic efforts

Author name: بشار معيوف طعمة نعمة السعيدي
Supervisor name: مجيد مطشر العامر
Specific topic: Language
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: الحمد لله حمد الشاكرين، والشكر له شكر الحامدين، والثناء عليه بما هو اهله، وافضل صلواته وازكاها على امين وحيه الناصح لامته، والناهض بما ندب اليه، ابي القاسم محمد رسول الامة وهاديها، وعلى اله الطيبين الطاهرين وبعد... فالكتابة عن جهود علماء اللغة قدماء ومحدثين عمل تكمن اهميته في متابعة هذا العالم وذاك فيما سعى اليه وبذله من جهد، وغايته في الكتابة وغايتنا في البحث لغتنا العربية الحبيبة، ولا يخفى على دارس اللغة العربية، ما لعلمائنا الافاضل من فضل وعطاء في هذا المجال، فقد وقفوا على التراث اللغوي، بكل عزيمة واصرار، متاملين فيه طويلا، لذا فقد افنوا في ذلك سنين من الدراسة والعطاء، فكان نتاجهم يستحق التوقف عنده بمزيد من التامل والتحري والمتابعة، وثم الدراسة ، وكان لنا في هذا نصيب، وكنت امني النفس في تناول شخصية علمية في دراستي، ولان التقليد ان يكتب عن المتوفين من اللغويين، لذا عرض علي الاستاذ المشرف الدكتور مجيد العامر ( الدكتور جعفر دك الباب وجهوده اللغوية) عنوانا للدراسة، وبعد التشاور والتوافق بيننا واستشارة ذوي الاختصاص وفقني الله لرغبتي، وشكرت الله على هذا التوفيق، وشرعت بالبحث عن المصادر وعن الدراسات اللغوية القريبة من العنوان للافادة منها . وجاءت خطة الدراسة في ضوء ماطرحه د. جعفر دك الباب في مؤلفاته، اذ قسمت الدراسة على ثلاثة فصول تسبقها مقدمة وتمهيد وتتلوها خاتمة، اما المقدمة فهي التي بين ايديكم، واما التمهيد فتناولت فيه سيرة د. جعفر دك الباب واهم مؤلفاته وقد عرفت بها، والرسائل التي اشرف عليها، ثم تطرقت الى المنهج اللغوي الذي تبناه د. جعفر دك الباب في دراساته اللغوية المتنوعة، وقد افرز البحث في منهجه انه ارتكز على منهجين هما(المنهج التاريخي العلمي) والمنهج (الوصفي الوظيفي). اما فصول الرسالة فالاول منها خصصته لجهوده في البحث الصوتي، وقد تطرقت فيه لمسائل صوتية عدة، شهدت تلك المسائل سجالا بين الدارسين قدماء ومحدثين على حد سواء، وتلك القضايا الصوتية هي، الصوت والحرف، وعدد حروف العربية، والصوامت والصوائت، ومخارج الحروف وصفاتها، وحروف المد، والمقطع الصوتي، واخذت مخارج الاصوات وصفاتها الحيز الاكبر في الدرس الصوتي، وقد ركزنا في كل المسائل الصوتية التي عرضناها على جهود د. جعفر دك الباب . اما الفصل الثاني فعني بجهوده في البحث الصرفي، وفي هذا الفصل بحثت جهوده وفق المنهجية المتبعة في الفصل الاول، مع عدم الاهمال لكل قضية صرفية تطرق لها د. دك الباب، وكانت له فيها جهود، وهي تعريف علم الصرف، واهميته وعلاقته بالصوت، والميزان الصرفي، والاشتقاق، والاصل في المعجم والاصل في الاشتقاق، والاشتقاق واللغة الانسانية، وقواعد اشتقاقية توليدية تحويلية للعربية، والوحدة الصرفية (الكلمة)، والفعل وازمنته، والانماط والاوزان التصريفية وفق القواعد الاشتقاقية، والكتابة الصرفية العربية، وما يمكن اضافته في حدود هذا السياق هو ما اتضح لي من ان الدكتور جعفر دك الباب كرس جهوده في ربط الصرف بالصوت وخاصة من خلال كتابه (طريقة جديدة في دراسة تصريف الافعال) مع فصول في كتبه الاخرى وبحوث نشرت في المجلات. اما الفصل الثالث فقد خصصته لجهوده في البحث النحوي، وضم الفصل موضوعات نحوية الهامة هي ، تعريف النحو والتقسيم الثلاثي للكلام العربي، والخلاف النحوي واسبابه، والجملة العربية، وتقسيم الجملة، وتيسير النحو العربي، وقد كان للدكتور جعفر دك الباب في كل ذلك لمسات تجديد وطرح لايخلو من الاراء النادرة، والاستنتاجات والتعقيبات الهامة. وقد جاءت الخاتمة لتنهي البحث بنتائج وقفت عليها بعد انهاء الكتابة، ومن ثم قائمة بالمصادر والمراجع، وتلا ذلك نبذة مختصرة عن البحث كتبت باللغة الانكليزية، واستعنت في اتمام هذه الرسالة بمجموعة كبيرة من المصادر والمراجع ومنها ــــ على سبيل الذكر لا الحصرــــ الكتاب لسيبويه (ت : 180ه)، والمقتضب للمبرد ( ت285ه)، والخصائص لابي الفتح عثمان بن جني( ت : 392هـ )، ودلائل الاعجاز لعبد القاهر الجرجاني (ت : 474هـ). اما بعض المراجع فمنها محاضرات في علم اللغة العام لفرديناند دي سوسير، وفصول في فقه العربية للدكتور رمضان عبد التواب، واللغة العربية معناها ومبناها للدكتور تمام حسان، وكانت الرسائل والاطاريح والمجلات رافدا مهما من روافد هذه الرسالة . وقد سار البحث في تمهيده وفصوله على المنهج الوصفي التحليلي في وصف وتحليل الظواهر ودراستها. وقد واجهتني صعوبات في اتمام هذا العمل ؛لان د. جعفر دك الباب موسوعة لغوية، فلم ينصب اهتمامه على جانب دون اخر، بل اخذ من كل شيء بطرف، وهذه الصعوبة الاولى التي يحتاج لها وقت وتان في حصر الموضوعات، ويضم الى ذلك اراؤه الجديدة وطرحه المتعدد، فكثيرا ما كان يتابع ذلك ويضيف شيئا في كل مايبحث، وان طرحه لمنهج جديد في الدراسة وتبنيه لمنهج اخر، فيه من الصعوبة ما جعلني كثير الرجوع الى الاستاذ المشرف، وان اقلب الامر الى حيث ما استوى حرصا مني على جهوده وصيانة للامانة العلمية، ولاشك في ان د. جعفر دك الباب سوري المولد والنشاة، فكان لانزلاق سوريا في ظروف استثنائية ـــ ظرووف الحرب والاقتتال ــ امتدت بعد ذلك الى مكتباتها وارثها اللغوي، ولتلك الصعوبة اشد ما واجهت من الصعوبات؛ لان مؤلفات د. جعفر دك الباب متوافرة في مكتبة الاسد الوطنية، وقد تعرضت المكتبة المذكورة لتفجير اغلقت على اثره ابوابها لمدة طويلة، فعانيت في الحصول على مؤلفاته اشد المعاناة، لكن سمة من سمات البحث العلمي، وهي الصبر الذي تمسكت به، وجعلته نصب عيني جعلني لا اتردد في متابعة البحث، مع وجود من قدم المساعدة ومد يد العون . واذا كان من شكر اقدمه فاشكر الله ربي على كل شيء ، وجزى الله من وقف معي واخذ بيدي خير الجزاء، واخص بالذكر منهم استاذي المشرف الدكتور مجيد العامر، الذي جعل وقته وبيته ومكتبته رهن حاجتي، وهو يشاركني التعب، وقد تحلى بالخلق الرفيع والصبر الجميل على صعوبة البحث كي يصل به الى المستوى المطلوب، نقدا وتوجيها وتصويبا وتقويما، فجزاه الله خير الجزاء. لقد حاولت جهد الامكان ان تستوعب الرسالة جهود د. جعفر دك الباب قدر المستطاع، فادليت بدلوي، فان وفقت الى ذلك فالحمد لله، وان كانت الاخرى فان لي من سلامة القصد خير عذر، فلا اقطع بانني احطت بالموضوع من جوانبه كلها، وانما هو جهد انساني يعتريه النقص، فاذا كان فيه من تتمة واستدراك، فهذه سمة الدراسات، ودليل على الجهد في انه ينضم الى غيره ليبني الفكر الانساني، فما انا الا طالب مبتدئ، تكثر كبواته في كتابة البحث، فمعذرة لما قد حصل من هفوة او ظهر من تقصير، ومن القى معاذيره يكون عند كرام الناس معذورا، اللهم احمني من عثرة الراي ، ومزالق التاويل ، وسطحية النظر، واخر دعوانا ان الحمد لله رب العالمين | In the name of God the Merciful Thank God, thank meets the grace, and the equivalent overloaded, and peace and blessings of the Koran was created prophet Mohammed Abdo and His Messenger, and his family and his companions divine good ... and after : Dr. Jafar KD bab critic linguist known in his country Syria He was born in 1939 the authorship and publishing early in his life he has six books author, as well as four books translated and a large number of research you have collected and studied inferred including his language in this letter you divide them into three chapters Zbgahm introduction and pave the fore offered for reasons which lead me to choose this topic the most important sources approved in supplying the information then stated my difficulties that I faced and thanked professor supervisor of his extraordinary and giving me a lot of his time while the boot has been allocated to the biography of Dr. Jafar KD bab and writings and the approach embraced in the study of languageDevoted the first chapter of the letter to his effort in the study voice has reared consider his effort in this area and found that he had the views of many in this area has been balanced between ancient and modern, giving importance to the study of sound being the building block foundation for the rest of the science dealt with in the midst of this chapter important topics such as the difference between the character and sound as well as the number of letters of the alphabet ArabicAnd also addressed in this chapter are more important topics SOUND exits an Arabic letters and Cefaha which undoubtedly many thorny issues where debate among scholars said each presentation concluded by mentioning the opinions of Dr. Jafar KD bab in every detail of the joints of this chapter The second chapter devoted to the study of morphological a separate opinions of rich KD bab, especially in relation to exchange video and audio out of derivation and the issue of the theories of the emergence of human language and conjugation in a new way has hired Dr. Jafar KD section in this chapter data generative transformational approach.Dr. Jafar did not neglect KD bab in this chapter has its morphological writing in the opinion it is important to study and offered his explanation.The third chapter dedicated to the research efforts of Dr. grammar and a researcher stands on the most important opinions in the tripartite division of the words of the most important and the most important supporters and his opponents as well as the grammar of the dispute, and the issue of facilitation and grammar over Msahmt Dr. Jafar KD bab in all that The conclusion of the message, summed up the main results of the study after it stood on the effort, Dr. Jafar KD bab, then recounted the list of sources and references that were important tributary to the completion of this research who took the time and effort of many, thank God, the Lord of the Worlds

الحجاج في مناظرات الامام جعفر بن محمد الصادق (عليه السلام) == Argument in The Debates Of Immam Jaffer Ben Mohammed Al - Sadiq ""A.S""

Author name: Qadih Qaser Faris
Supervisor name: حيدر برزان سكران العقيلي
Specific topic: Language
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: Argument is of instrumental important in literary studies, due to its wide concept, being rooted in discourse, and its interdisciplinary. These have led to study argument of the debates of Imman Jaffir Ben Mohammed Al - Sadiq ""A.S"", for these concepts"" argument and debate"" are interconnected in method and deduction path, and the target aim for persuasion and proofing right, besides the richness of the Immam debates in scientific issues. The research aims to study the argument , in respect with its : mechanism, types, signs, and functions. The research is of four chapters, with introduction to demonstrate the history of argument concept in west and Arab cultures .The first chapter, Language Mechanism, is of three sections : language mechanism ,rhetoric mechanism, and logic mechanism.The second chapter, Argument Types, is of four sections : discussion type, narrative type, evidence type, and behavior type.Third chapter, argument relations, is of five sections : sequence, reason,inference,requirement, contradiction.The fourth chapter, argument functions, is of seven sections : deconstructive function, infiltration function, discourse andtranscendence function , perception function, expressional function, Legislative function, logical function.The research ends with results, as follow; - argument is discursive process, resultant from disagreement, its principal aim is impact and persuasion - argument is of deep roots in Western and Arab cultures, despite the fact that the west precedes the Arab in the domain. - to achieve the argument, there must be argumentative style and strategy to sponsor the its movement to final aim. - Immam Al - Sadiq ""A.S"" uses ,in his debates, the inference argument ,with many argumentative functions; rhetoric, logical. He manifests that in many types : discussion, narrative, and reason, plus the behavior. He bases his argument on argumentative signs to achieve the target aim

التفكيك والتلقي بين النظرية والممارسة : مقاربة نقدية == Deconstruction and Reception between theory and application A Critical Approach

Author name: علي حسن هذيلي
Supervisor name: جابر محيسن عليوي الركابي
Specific topic: Language
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: Once the researcher talked to his close friends about his own suffering in writing his thesis, As a matter of fact, he left the world behind and lived in a yellow room, where nobody likes to enter. He closes all the windows and door as well as any other open space. He left other things that can't be closed. He avoided any other things that might spoil his deconstruction and listening. the room with all its fans and suffocating weather reminds us with the great legendary writer , Mohammad Khudhair , the room upstairs , above the kitchen that of 45 degree cent , the ideal atmosphere to write a book or letters and theses. It seems that his head will fly because of the high heat . When the researcher touches his head and his body that is about to lose his ability to be a bull like Moses' . As for his back that looks hunched , he borrowed for it from " Abid Aziz hamooda " some from his pretty title. As he talked about the literary criticism and because of the time that can change things and shapes , too . it wasn't straight one day though . One day it must bend in his last days. In spite of all this the researcher enjoyed reading and was too happy to write with all his great hopes. He feels these days won't come again with all its scientific sweetness and bitterness and discovery while he didn't care for his head that was on his way to the hell . Jokingly one of his friends once said to him " Let your head and your very hot room be an entrance to your thesis " . No harm when someone talks about his head and room .But how to tie all this with his topic ? It is not important , for men of literature , what to write but how to write . And what way he takes to express himself or / and oneself. There may be a long distance between style and approach , writing may lose its ability of influence , enjoyment and convincing .It also may be too short in that way , writing may achieve its absent supposition . The researcher didn't take his friend's speech seriously but once he was alone in his isolated room he held his pen starting writing and the high heat inspired him , these words would be the introduction in which he would talk about deconstruction , described as another high heat , that hurt his head and made him talk nonsense or heresy , in George Trabishi's terms , that the church sentenced this speech with death burning and left the writer's ash spread in air .the heretical for his intelligence , decided to write down these ideas .He was completely right . These heresy took the way . Writers began talking about it thought they are many . In fact they don't mean what they say . deconstruction is simply to say and don’t mean what you say . While reception is to mean what you say . your reading self will have the greater deal of it . Deconstruction claims that the real meaning of any text is its meaninglessness or empty it from its meaning but reception can avoid this result when it gives the meaning back to the text so reading , thus is the action in which the text and the reader interact . Generally , this research in its first chapter doesn't deal with the definition of deconstruction thought it has the great part of it . The target is to study the relation between the deconstruction as a theory and practice and this required dealing with the theory and its parts so as to get a result . The second chapter deals with the reception theory , how the reader deals with the text focusing on the relation between the reception and the its kind : the horizontal reception that deals with the relation between the reader and the text . And the vertical one which deals with previous critical readings dealing with their reception scope establishing new history to the literature as an option for the theory of literature . The third chapters are devoted to be a proof to the thesis of the previous two chapters. This matter requires critical texts that analyze the creative text from a static point of view . When you read texts in criticism is that means you precise criticism in criticism ? And as the matter is one of curriculum or analyzing a text , the researcher decides that the primary chapter should deal with the curriculum or the curriculums that precede the deconstruction and reception . as well as the cultural space that produces these two things, in other words , with pre - modernism as a vision of life that removes the previous visions and it will be very important to reveal the scope that the pre - modernism achieved . This research in its third chapters and introduction . Each chapter has its own secondary titles that the ideas lead to . no titles comes from outside the body of the texts . In other words , each inner title is tied with the coming or previous titles though it deals with new problematic questions . These titles are built on an objectivity . As for the resources , there are many of them like Drada ,Yawiss and Isère . In addition to what have been written about the philosophy of these three writers and the way they introduce themselves in .So if one resource appears here , it will definitely deprive us from the other sources . So we have to take the advantage of each one and deal with them equally. the researcher here doesn't intend to prove what these resources will claim in themselves but to prove what he says in the light of these resources . That is , to prove his own theory according to his intensive readings that and conceptions in his own subject . This doesn't mean that the researcher analyses the text with a prior vision nor he begins from what the other readers understand from these resources . In fact , he starts from his own understanding that may come out with other different conclusions . The researcher , here , has his own satisfying ideas that he learnt as a little infant particularly , when he read the " book of logic by Mohammed Ridaha Al - Modhfar ". In which he found that the science is " the presence of the image of a thing in mind " . That is the point " the presence of the image of a thing , not the thing itself " as the thing itself doesn't present , but the thing presents by a way of some type . If we impose its presence that will mean we have the entire fact and we also will be the entire . As an example of this , the caliph that ordered to destroy the Alexandra library as it adopted what the Holly Quran says , so the library has no necessity . Even if it says what he doesn’t say . it has no necessity , too . Then the presence of the image might mean it will be many perhaps , as the imagers are many . So each image has its own quality and difference. This what reminds us with the relation of the three points : the signified , the signifier and the reference . the signifier , here , doesn't refer to the reference / the outside , but the signified / the mind which is the image of the reference or one of its possibilities . The knowledge , here , acquires a relative impact , with its keeping the primitive of mind . The researcher , here , takes it as a habit as for presenting the images of things before talking about them .In this field , he knows what he talks about even if the image itself forms during writing in a better way than in possibility world . That world of mud where the soul hasn't been blown into it yet . But this presence can't be before being preceded by what looks like the solitude that the mystic , Sufi , passes it ,in his way to divorce the universe and leave it behind . So as to contemplate and to think about "God , The Almighty " as His creatures deeply. IN this solitude , he redraws things and shape its borders and make sure of its rightness . Or to bring them back to the first innocence before being spoiled , so when the researcher starts writing , thus , the words are his own ones. He doesn't lean on anyone with all his respect to all those who learnt him anything. Though he is taken with the illness of inter - textuality . The main thing , according to Dr, Fasail Draj ,is that the creativity is the first while the theory comes after , that is to say the creativity is stable while theory is changeable . But this principle is relative because of the authority of the theory sometimes or the richness of the relative theory in some cases , and the richness of the theoretical suggestion in other cases. That is what we mean exactly . This time it associates with a critical text , and reading that reveals the deal in which one text becomes nearer than others . I think the creative text itself that suggests the way we read it by . So the way of reading any text comes from the text itself and not from outside it .There are some texts in which the self is high and there are texts that avoid the echo " self " and there are texts that neglect them as these texts care for the language only . Curriculums , then , will take these texts according to what they carry with . Sometimes the psychological , anthropology or/ and the structural curriculum is the most suitable way to read this or that text . This doesn't mean that the other readers are wrong completely . The text has many spaces that allows to different readings . So the searcher should concentrate to catch the real points firmly. Criticism may, sometimes , be a way to direct the words into the right field or standing on the flexible areas in the text ,it isn't , therefore , a matter of retelling the text itself in a way that anyone can do it . So we absolutely believe that criticism is a matter of building the text in a way that fills its gaps and completing the missing points and cutting the unnecessary things off the text body. A matter that is to understand life naturally in the way the text presents before being taken by the hands of the other critics. As for the problems that the searcher faces , they have many shapes . He doesn't face a problem in the planning his thesis after he indicated the borders in margins and in depths , but the real matter , according to him , is the title . After that the problems will be solved . Though there are two problems , the first one is how to make the title while the second the practice may cause it .The searcher doesn't face a problem with the references as they are many available in the Internet and other places as there is no big difference between the electronic and paper book. Though there are many searchers suffered from the lack of references before computers .Thus he feels that the curriculum of his research , as Ali Jawad Al - Tahar has mentioned before , may need to take again . He faces problems like the length of the thesis , as he wishes to write sixty pages just like Todorof did before him . And he believes in what Imam Ali " Allah's peace and bless be upon him " once said " No eloquent without brevity in speech and length in meanings " . It seems to him the sixty pages are not enough for his thesis . Then there is another problem with the thesis .If Drada is the deconstruction and the deconstruction is Drada , then , the reception is not concern with anyone . reception is the fruit of labors that began with Aristotle and anyone who read a text or created a concept , thus, reception has no end with Iser or yawis . As for reception is the other name of criticism itself . It is the science that appears with the man , so is very important to limit these two sides . while the third problem is how to put your sentences , chapters , suggestions , paragraphs and ideas to be just like a novel with all its characters , places ,spaces , plots and events. The fourth problem is the title as being the first step to the thesis. It should be coined properly in a way that appears in each chapter in this thesis equally . So there are many changes occurred in the title until it takes its final shape " Deconstruction and Reception between the theory and the practice , a critical approach " . And as a title . it has many implicit questions such as : why is deconstruction and reception in particular ? Why is the practice and not the application ? Why is the approach critical and not analytical ? what new things are behind writing about deconstruction and reception when there are so many researches ? so it is a title of a great importance . As for why are the deconstruction and reception in particular? We can say , it is because they are the last thing that the critical mind produces in dealing with texts and analyzing them in a new way . Even though it was like the wrestling of bulls more than quiet conversation that doesn't hide people's merits . Deconstruction is described like a furious ox in a shop of glass while reception described as less furious . so it doesn't destroy all glass goods in that shop. Perhaps because they both made the author dead but each has its own degree in death and they give the reader freedom to say . But in fact , the reader in deconstruction has full freedom without limits while in reception the reader has a limited freedom and for many other reasons that we don't like to mention them now . Criticism is a building for the text and the meaning , by text we mean the general meaning that contains many other meanings . No doubt that the building is a practice that belongs to life and celebrates the existence and thinks about future . It is the opposite of what other philosophies of post - modernism, these philosophies that killed ( the Almighty and the man as well as the author ) and replaced them with the ( nature , structure and the reader) and the rationalism undoubtedly does not put any differences between these first and second three sides as it believes that the second is the means of the first and there is another universe that one of metaphysis . these two universe are interacted together . In this concern , we can put into mind the prophet Mohammad ( Allah's blessing and peace be upon him ) once he said " people are asleep but when they die they will have a strong attention ". so it is a vision that combines two universes to reveal what was absent in them . It is against the other vision that puts barriers and borders that do not believe in the first three sides . It believes only in itself , so the reading will be of one side because of its loss of the soul that lives behind the text . In other words , it has no faith in God , man and the author. So criticism will be an attempt to return things and texts to their first nature without limiting its abilities and this is what we mean by practice as an answer for the second question described as an action establishing its knowledge thesis not only the application . practice is , then , a process , continuity and activity . The application may miss these adjectives so we see that practice is better than application as long as we talk about contexts and our context passes over application to other meanings that may not be found in all this . So what is the new thing in all that , we will leave this task to the thesis and we are satisfied by answering the question of approach whether it is an academic title or not . We stress on one thing , that the academy doesn't mean certainty , it is an approach of research only having chains which are not strict . And if someone talks about firmness and strictness , he has to give us his proofs and evidences , our reading , here never claims that it holds all the sides or some of them , it only tries to get near the texts without claiming it is the only right reading because we believe that reading is a conversation between two selves that may produces new different visions and it may become a conflict and struggle in which some lose and the other wins because of having the ability to be talkative . We absolutely think that there is no sound but the sound of the text . When the text goes through two readers , it will be two texts in the end so the reading will be various one for many reasons in the text itself firstly . Then the understanding and the reality in the third place . The text , as we say , has many faces of meaning . Each reader has his own reading . When we read many critical texts about one creative work we will surely affirm these two introductions . so the approach will be just like the line of returning that the reader needs when he discovers his wrong way in his attempt to read a text or reach the nearest point in it . And as because of thanking to God , the wellbeing goes on , the researcher thanks his supervisor Dr. Jabir Mohaison Alawai who was always present in front of the researcher as long as he writes his thesis as he was the first reader and the creative participant in his beautiful reception language. Thanks to all his attempts to reshape and change or delete and suggest or fix something without imposing anything . Perhaps he knows that the researcher does not need to be restricted . Thanks to strong personality that will give the others their rights without imposing his own opinions and views . So the researcher will be among the staff of discussing this thesis , the staff that deserves all his thanks and gratitude as they will understand his mistakes in language , grammar and style as well as the mistakes of thought and the extremist views . The researcher is a human being that means the mistakes are expected and especially he believes in the author's life , but it is the life that should be postponed between the keen reader's hands or between a skillful professor's hands . A professor who reads the lines as well as what lie behind . Finally the search is the real winner as being described an attempt to reach the fact and spread it among people.

التشكيل البديعي في شعر لميعة عباس عمارة وبلقيس حميد حسن : دراسة موازنة == Tropes Constitution in the poetry of Lamea Abbas Amara and Bilqis Hamid Hassan Parallelism Study

Author name: ايناس عباس جهاد
Supervisor name: حيدر برزان سكران العقيلي
Specific topic: Language
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: شغل التشيكل البديعي في الشعر العربي المعاصر حيزا كبيرا ، وهذا ما اثار فينراغبة الكشف عن تجليات علم البديع وانشغالاته في الشعر ، ونرى اثر التشكل البديعي في النص الشعري واضحا وهذا يدل على قيمة الرصيد البديعي في الشعر ، وهناك ثمة تميز لعلم البديع يحقق للشاعر فرادة تميزه باسلوبه عن غيره ، لانه يخلق حضورا كثيفا لافتا للنظر ، وبذلك نجد ثمة علاقة بين علم البديع والشعر لا من الناحية الجمالية فقط بل انه يؤدي دورا بارزا في المعنى والتركيب ، فعلم البديع يسهم في تماسك النص ، وتعضيد الدلالة وتثبيت البنية ، متمثلا بالاشكال البديعية ودورها في تلاحم النص الشعري.وتعد الموازنة نوعا من الدراسات الادبية التي يمكن بوساطتها التميز بين اسلوب شاعر عن اخر على وفق معايير معينة تختلف من ناقد الى اخر ، وهذا بدوره يكشف عن اختلاف الاحكام النقدية على مر العصور ؛ وبهذا تعد " الموازنة " ثروة نقدية للادب، فضلا عن كونها منهجا نقديا قديما استعمله النقاد العرب وهم يميزون بين اساليب الشعراء في تناول الموضوعات الجمالية.لذلك جرت الموازنة بين الشاعرتين في الكشف عن التفاوت في توظيف البديع في النص الابداعي وان اختلف النص الشعري عندهما الا ان دراسة التشيكل البديعي جرت بالاتكاء على المضمون ، والكشف عن الدور الاسلوبي للبديع في اثراء النص الشعري بالكشف عن المضمون ، فالتقارب بين الشاعرتين يقوم على ان كليهما من الجنوب العراقي حيث التراث الواحد ، والحضارة ، والثقافة المشتركة ، والتباين في النص ، ولكن الذي جمع هذه الموازنة هو المضمون الموضوعي الذي حفلت به النصوص الشعرية لكلتا الشاعرتين , فكانت النصوص المنتجة من الشاعرتين ذات ملامح اسلوبية ومضمونية متقاربة ، ولعل المجايلة الشعرية ، ونوع الجنس الانثوي الباحث عن التفرد ، ومغادرة الوصايا الذكورية , فضلا عن صدور المرجعيات الثقافية المؤسسة لوعي الشاعرتين والمشكلة لشخصيتهما من مصدر واحد هو الحضارة السومرية ، واوجاع الجنوب العراقي. ومن هنا جاء اختيار موضوع الدراسة الموسوم بـ ( التشكيل البديعي في شعر لميعة عباس عمارة وبلقيس حميد حسن " دراسة موازنة " ) كون الموضوع لم يطرق سابقا في الدراسات المعاصرة ، كما ان الشاعرة بلقيس حميد حسن لم تحظ بدراسات نقدية تسلط الضوء على مشروعها الشعري , فضلا عن ذلك فقد حفلت النصوص الشعرية لكلتا الشاعرتين بتقانات ابداعية يميزها حداثة النص الشعري عن طريق توظيف تشكلات جديدة في التعبير ، والكشف عن الدلالات ، وصناعة الجمال. اما اهمية الدراسة فتاتي من : اولا : كون ( الشاعرتين ) من الشواعر الكبار ، اذ كان لنصوصهن الشعرية صدى واسع في الساحة الشعرية ، لما حملته تلك النصوص من محاكاة لعناء المجتمع العراقي، ورغبة جامحة في تجاوز معضلة الانثى القاصر , اذ وجد البحث ان النصوص الشعرية لكلتا الشاعرتين تحمل في بنيتها اللغوية زخما عاليا من التشكلات البديعية , وكانت الغاية الاولى من الدراسة الكشف عن المضمون البديعي ، ودوره في صناعة النص الشعري ، وتاهيل بنياته الجمالية. ثانيا : كشفت لنا الدراسة عن وجود اهم التشكلات البديعية في النصوص الشعرية للشاعرتين على وفق دراسة ممنهجة حديثة حاولت قدر الامكان الابتعاد عن تقليد المشاريع النقدية السابقة لنا او محاكاتها باية طريقة كانت ، وذلك عن طريق اختيار خطة للبحث حاولت فيها الباحثة الابتعاد قدر الامكان عن الخطط السابقة. ثالثا : بوساطة الكشف عن اهم التشكلات البديعية قمنا بالموازنة بين مدى عمق التشكل البديعي عند كل شاعرة ، وما مدى الربط بين البديع والمضمون , مرورا باهمية توظيف التشكل البديعي واسهامه الكبير في صناعة النغم الموسيقي في النصوص الشعرية , ولم تبخل الدراسة بالوقوف على دلالات مركزية كان لها دور في بناء النص. ولم تقف الدراسة على دراسات بلاغية سابقة تعتني بموضوع ( التشكل البديعي ) او ( الموازنة ) في شعر ( الشاعرتين ) بوصفهما عنوانا رئيسا لنتاجهما الشعري ، لكن هذا لا يعني ان شعرهما لم يحظ بالدراسات ، فهناك دراسة بعنوان ( الانا والاخر في شعر لميعة عباس عمارة ) ، وعالجت الباحثة ختام سالم علي البناء اللغوي عند الشاعرة ( لميعة عباس عمارة) في دراستها الموسومة بـ ( جماليات البناء اللغوي في الخطاب الشعري عند لميعة عباس عمارة ) .في حين لم نقف على دراسات اكاديمية عالجت تجربة المبدعة بلقيس حميد حسن ، وقد افاد البحث من دراسة الاستاذ الدكتور حيدر برزان سكران ( جمالية التشكيل البديعي وانتاجية المعنى في الشعر العراقي المعاصر ) التي كانت خير معين في هذا البحث. وقد اعتمدت الدراسة في قراءة النصوص الشعرية في الجزء التطبيقي منها على الخطوات الاجرائية للمنهج الوصفي ، بوصفه منهجا يمد الباحث باليات مرنة تسمح لنا بضبط ايقاع النص الشعري ، وسبر اغواره ، والكشف عن قيمته الموضوعية والفنية ، خاصة انه منهج يصف الظاهرة ويتعدى ذلك الى محاولة التشخيص ، والتحليل، والربط ، والتفسير ، واقتصرت الباحثة في الموازنة على ذكر نص واحد لكل شاعرة وذلك بسبب ذكر النصوص الاخرى في الهامش ، وذكر اكثر من نص يؤدي الى اثقال المتن.مشكلة البحث : كانت هناك مشاكل عدة وقفت عثرة في طريق الباحثة واخذت بعضا من الوقت الا وهي قلة الدراسات الحديثة حول موضوع ( الموازنة ) ، فهكذا موضوع يحتاج الى حكم نقدي صريح لا يتحكم فيه هوى ولا تعصب لشاعر دون اخر ، وكون الموضوع واسعا وفيه كثرة من التفريعات اذ ان علم البديع علم واسع يحتاج الى دقة في الدراسة وتامل عميق في سبيل صناعة الحدود بين مصطلحات علم البديع المتشابكة مع بعضها البعض. اما هيكل الدراسة فقد جاء على اربعة فصول يسبقها تمهيد، وتلحقها خاتمة ذكرت فيها اهم النتائج التي توصل اليها البحث ، تتبعها قائمة بالمصادر والمراجع . يكون التمهيد بعنوان : كشف معرفي في التكوينات , (( البديع ، والشعر النسوي ، والموازنات )) اذ ستعالج فيه الدراسة اثر البديع في تشكل المعنى ، ثم تقف على بداية ظهور الشعر النسوي ، والحركات النسوية من القديم الى الحديث ، ثم بعد ذلك ستعرج الى مفهوم الموازنة وبداية ظهورها ، ويختم التمهيد بكشف العلاقة الجامعة بين الشاعرتين وما هو سبب اختيارهما دون غيرهما من الشاعرات. اما الفصل الاول فقد اخترنا له عنوان : ( التشكيل البديعي التراكمي ) ، وفيه ستقف الدراسة على ظاهرة التراكمات البديعية في النصوص الشعرية للشاعرتين ، كون التراكم كان ظاهرة بارزة في شعرهما ، لذا جاء مقسما وبحسب الاتي : ( التراكم البديعي التعاضدي ) ، و( التراكم الجناسي ), و( التراكم المفارقي ) ، و( التراكم العنواني )، و( التراكم التقابلي )، و( التراكم التكراري ).وفي الفصل الثاني الذي سنسميه بـ ( التشكل التكراري ) تابعت الدراسة الانماط المستحدثة في بناء النص الشعري التي غيرت من نمطية القصيدة الجديدة, وجاءت الدراسة بقسمين : القسم الاول : التكرار الخالص ويقسم على اقسام هي : ( التكرار الاستهلالي المفتاحي ) ، و( التكرار الختامي ) ، و( التكرار العنواني ) ، و(التكرار التقابلي ) ، والقسم الثاني : (التكرار الصياغي) ويقسم على اقسام هي : ( التصدير )، و( التجاور) ، و( تشابه الاطراف ) ، وقد انماز الفصل الثاني بافراد عنوان ( فرادة التشكل البديعي ) لضرورة ملحة اقتضتها طبيعة دراسة الفصل الثاني الذي نحاول فيه الكشف عن عناصر الاختلاف ويقسم على قسمين : ( التكرار الاستهلالي اللزومي ) ، ( والتكرار بصدى ). اما الفصل الثالث سيجيء بعنوان ( التقابل التاويلي ) ستبين فيه الدراسة وجود التقابل في شعر الشاعرتين وسيجيء بثمانية اقسام هي : ( التقابل النقيضي ) ، و(التقابل التراتبي ) ، ( تقابل الخطاب ) ، و( تقابل التحاور ) ، و(تقابل المعنى ومعنى المعنى) ، و( تقابل الاثبات والنفي ) ، و( التقابل المفارقي ) ، و( التقابل الزماني ).وفي الفصل الرابع عنون بـ (جمالية التشكل البديعي في تكوين المضمون الشعري) وسندرس فيه كيف كان للبديع دور في ثيمة الحب التي كانت ركيزة اساسية في شعر الشاعرتين وسيقسم على قسمين : الاول : ( التشكل البديعي بوصفه كاشفا عن الغزل الايروتيكي ) ويقسم على : اولا ( الجسد بين رغبة الالتذاذ وفعل الهتك ) ، ثانيا ( الجسد الذكوري المندمج مع ذات الشاعرة ) ، ثالثا ( التمثلات والانعكاس ، او الجسد الانثوي بوصفه مراة لجسد الحبيب ) ، والثاني : ( التشكل البديعي بوصفه كاشفا عن الغزل العذري ) ويقسم على : اولا ( الحب ولفة البقاء ) ، ثانيا ( الحب وسيكولوجية الطبيعة ) ، ثالثا ( ثيمة الحب وذكرى الحياة ). وفي نهاية البحث تكون هناك خاتمة متضمنة اهم النتائج التي توصل اليها البحث ، تتبعها قائمة بالمصادر والمراجع . اما خطة البحث فكان لاستاذي المشرف الحظ الاوفر في وضعها وشاركت الباحثة في وضع تفاصيل الخطة معه ، واما اختيار النصوص فاقتصرت فقط على دراسة نص واحد لكل شاعرة وذلك بسبب الحفاظ والاختزال لحجم الرسالة ، فضلا عن ذلك كان اختيار النصوص بعد قراءة مستفيضة لكل النصوص والاخذ بالنصوص المتقاربة بين الشاعرتين ، والاعتماد ايضا على وفرة التشكلات البديعية واهميتها في هذه النصوص دون غيرها. واخر دعوانا ان الحمد لله رب العالمين ، والصلاة والسلام على النبي الامين واله الطاهرين | Tropes, Figures of Speech , constitution is of a great space in contemporary Arabic poetry and this led us to reveal the manifestations of the tropes and its functions in poetry. The effect of the tropes form in the poetic text is clear, whereas this indicates the remarkable value of the tropes in poetry. Tropes achieves the poet uniqueness style because it creates an impressive presence, and thus we find a relationship between the science of Tropes and poetry not only aesthetically, but has a prominent role in the meaning and composition, where evidence of this appear in the recent critical studies, which paid great attention to this aspect of rhetoric. Tropes has a role in the cohesion of the text, represented by figure of speech forms and their role in the cohesion of the poetic text.Parallelism is a type of literary studies that can judge a particular poet according to certain criteria vary from critic to another, and this in turn leads to the difference of critical views throughout the ages because a critic takes a path in critical view is different from another critic, accordingly this makes parallelism a literary treasure as well as being an ancient critical approach. Therefore, the parallelism was made , although the poetry text differed, but the tropes was studied by relying on the content and revealing the stylistic role of the tropes in enriching the poetic text by revealing the content, Therefore, the nearness between the poets that both of them from the south of Iraq where the heritage, civilization and water, and the common culture, and contrast in the text, but what made this parallelism is the substantive content that produces similar content , where the research aims to show the role of tropes and expose it to the recipient.Hence the selection of the subject of the study, which is characterized by (the tropes constitution in the poetry of Lamea Abbas Amara and Bilqis Hamid Hassan, a parallelism study ) that the subject was not touched previously in contemporary studies, as well as the poet Balqis Hamid Hassan has not been subjected to any study, The poetic texts of both poets are characterized by the modernity of poetic text.The structure of the study came in four chapters preceded by a preface and followed by a conclusion which mentioned the most important findings of the studyThe first part of the study was entitled "epistemological trace in the Formations" (tropes, feminist Poetry and parallelism). The study dealt with the role of tropes in the formation of meaning, and then studied the beginning of the emergence of feminist poetry and feminist movements.In the first chapter, we have chosen the title of the cumulative tropes composition in which the study analyses the phenomenon of the accumulation of the imaginary in the poetic texts of the poets, because the accumulation is a prominent phenomenon in their poetry. Therefore, it is divided in to the following : ((Synergistic tropes accumulation, pun accumulation, irony accumulation, title accumulation, contrastive accumulation, and repetition accumulation,.)) In the second chapter, which we called (repetitive formation), the study followed the patterns developed in the construction of poetic text, which changed the structure of the new poem, and the study is divided into two parts : Section I : pure repetition and divided into sections : Key repetition, final repetition, title repetition, contrastive repetition,. The second section is : ( textual repetition ) and is divided into sections : (export), (and contiguity), (and the similarity of the parties), in addition to a subtitle entitled (different configuration of the two poets) In which we try to detect the elements of difference and divide into two parts : ( initial redundancy repetition , and echo repetition) As for the third chapter, it was titled "The Interpretative correspondence", in which the study showed the existence of the correspondence in the poetry of the two poets, and it came in eight sections. : (Contrasting correspondence),( hierarchal correspondence), ( discourse correspondence ), ( dialogical correspondence), ( meaning and sense of meaning correspondence ), ( proof and negation correspondence ), (and paradoxical correspondence). and ( temporal correspondence) . . The title of the fourth chapter (aesthetics of the Tropes composition in the composition of poetic content), and we studied the role of tropes in the theme of love, which was a fundamental pillar in poets poetry , and divided into two. The first is : (the tropes form as an exponent of the erotic flirtation ), and divided into : First : (the body between the desire to evangelize and do rape), second : (the male body integrated with the poet ego ) Third : (representations and reflections, or the body as a mirror), And secondly : (the tropes form as a revealing of spiritual flirtation)Divided into : first (love and language of survival), second : (love and the psychology of nature), and third : (the theme of love and the memories of life).

البنى السردية في رسائل الشريف الرضي الشعرية

Author name: عبير جمعان عايض محمد
Supervisor name: عواد كاظم لفتة الغزي
Specific topic: Language
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: فكان الادب العربي قبل الاسلام وما يزال ديوانا امينا لقيم الامة العربية , ومراة صافية لسمات شخصيتها , وهو اداة عميقة الاتصال بوعي الجماعة التاريخي , والادب يمثل ارثا ابداعيا مزدانا بالتجارب والقيم والدلالات , والعودة اليه دراسة وتحليلا تعد من اهم عوامل ربط الادب ابداعا بالبناء الحضاري الذي انبثق عنه . وكان من اهم عوامل الحضارة الانسانية لهذه الامة اعتمادها على تراثها , تسقى منه مقومات فكرها لحاضرها ومستقبلها , وليس بخاف على ذوي البصر والبصيرة , ما يشكله الادب العربي من اهمية كبرى في تميز شخصيتنا الاديبة , وما يتصل بهذا الجانب من حقائق تاريخية ترتقي بهذا الادب الى مرتبة تليق به , وتمنحه الريادة , لذلك اعتنى الباحثون ومتذوقو ادابنا الاصيلة بالادب العربي شعرا ونثرا على مر العصور الادبية عناية كبيرة , اذ ان في الادب العربي قيما اصيلة قادرة على الديمومة ولا تزال قادرة على اختراق الماضي الى الحاضر , واختراق الحاضر الى المستقبل , ومن دون ان يتم الالتقاء بين الاصيل التراثي والابداع الفني الجديد لن يكتب لهذه القيم ان يستمر عطاؤها , فالمعاني السامية يجب ان ترتبط بالاصالة ارتباط الشجرة بالجذور.وما اظن ان احدا يذهب بالقول الى ان ادبنا العربي قد ضاق بالدراسات سابقا ولاحقا , وان جميع جوانبه قد اخذت نصيبها كاملا من عناية الباحثين , فهناك مناح عدة لايزال ميدان البحث فيها واسعا , واحسب ان الرسائل الشعرية واحدة من هذه الجوانب التي تستدعي الدراسة والبحث , فهي من الجاهلية الى اليوم لم تحظ بعناية الدارسين ولم تقم لها دراسة مستقلة تكشف لنا ما في هذا الجنس الادبي من جمال فني وما يعالجه من قضايا لها مساس بحياة الفرد والجماعة , قد خلت دراساتنا الادبية - فيما اعلم - من بحث موضوعي يعالج الرسالة الشعرية معالجة ادبية وافية في اطار الوحدة والمنهجية والاستقلال, باستثناء بعض البحوث والمقالات التي جاءت في بعض الدوريات , وهي مع ذلك لا تعنى بجوانب الرسالة الشعرية بصورة خاصة , وبالنظر الى هذه الاعمال نجد انها محدودة جدا فبقى المجال مفتوحا للاجتهاد , ونامل ان يسهم بحثنا هذا في تقديم صورة للرسائل الشعرية . وتكمن اهمية المادة في وقوعها ضمن الفترة الذهبية من فترات تاريخنا الادبي, فقد استاثر الشعر منذ القدم بالعناية, والدرس, والتدوين, وظل النثر يتبع مساره وخطاه الى ان بدات الحياة العربية تدخل مرحلة التطور الثقافي, والتعقيد الفكري والاجتماعي في العصر العباسي, وفيه اخذ النثر مساحة اكبر على ساحة الفكر العربي والثقافة, وشارك الشـــــعر, بل زاد عليـــه في مواطن الحياة الاجتماعية ومظاهرها , والمناسبات الخاصة, والعامة, وتصوير عواطف الافراد , ومعالجة همومهم, وغاياتهم , وحتى نرى هذا الفن الادبي بما فيه من الرسائل الشعرية يسجل حضورا بارزا على الساحة الادبية في القرن الرابع الهجري، وخاصة رسائل الشريف الرضي الشعرية , والرسائل الشعرية تمثل الفكرة النثرية والبناء الشعري, وهي بذلك افسح مجالا, واخصب خيالا, ومقاصدها متعددة, وذوق كاتبها وحده وهو المسير لها, لذا جاء احتضانها للشعر عوضا عن النثر, وهي ظاهرة ادبية تستــحق الدراسة والتفتيش .ان موضوع السرديات ليس بالسهل واليسير انما هو شائك وعسير وفيه من الصعوبات واهمها جدة الموضوع , والجدة محفوفة بالمخاطر والصعوبات تكمن في عدم وجود ما يمكن ان اتخذه سندا يعينني ويسبقني في دراسة(الرسالة الشعرية)بوصفها جنسا ادبيا مستقلا بذاته, وقد اعتمدت على الجهود الفكرية التي سبقتني في الكتابة السردية للنصوص الشعرية ومنها(البنى السردية في شعر اوس بن حجر وشعر رواته) للدكتور عواد كاظم الغزي ، و(البنية السردية في الشعر العباسي) لافتخار عناد الكبيسي، و(البنية السردية في شعر يوسف الصائغ) لاحمد الشريدة ، وغيرها من الرسائل التي تتناول السرد الشعري, وقد اعتمد البحث ايضا على مصادر ومراجع عدة انارت طريقه وافاضت له بالمعلومات .اما منهجي في دراسة رسائل الشريف الرضي الشعرية , فهو مقاربة سردية فرضها المتن , وليس منهجا محددا طبق على النصوص, بل تشققت المناهج , فقد كان استقرائيا , ووصفيا , وتحليليا لا ينفصل عن الاطار التاريخي الذي يرصد الرسائل الشعرية في شعر الشريف الرضي , وهو احد كبار الشعراء ليس في الحقبة الزمنية التي عاشها فقط , بل من فحول الشعر العربي , وانماز بغزارة فنه الادبي , الذي يمثل رافدا من روافد الفكر الادبي ,ولكنني لم ادرس سيرة الشاعر دراسة تقليدية , لان الباحثين قد تطرقوا الى ذلك بصورة واسعة , وقد تيسر استقراء اغلب النصوص الرسالية في ديوان الشريف الرضي وتحليلها في محاولة للكشف عما يكمن من حقائق وبنى سردية . ان لكل جنس ادبي خصائصه المميزة التي تلحق بنيته وترسم هيكله وانظمته الداخلية على وفق قواعد خاصة, واقتضى ذلك بان يعنى الفصل الاول من الدراسة بتشكل الرسالة الشعرية وانفتاحها, ويسبقه مقدمة وتمهيد عرض فيه الغنائية والذاتية في الشعر بوصف عام, والتماهي والتداخل بين الاجناس الادبية, فضلا عن علاقة الرسالة الشعرية بالسرد .وقد اختص الفصل الثاني بالراوي , والمروي , والمروي له, وهي اهم مكونات البنى السردية, وحاول الكشف عن بنيات ظهورها في الرسالة الشعرية, واظهار كيفية عمل وظائفها في النص السردي , ولما كانت الاحداث خاضعة الى حدود ضابطة لها زمانيا ومكانيا ومتمثله في شخصيات سردية, فقد عني الفصل الثالث بذلك واوضح طرائق انتظامها سرديا , ومن ثم الحقت دراستي بمستخلص لما الت اليه نتائجها , وشفعته بالمصادر التي استعنت بها .وقد يظهر تكرير نص او شاهد في البحث, فذلك لا عن عجز النصوص في الامتثال للمنهج , او عن عدم كد البحث والتنقيب في ديوان الشريف الرضي , وانما وجدنا بعض النصوص المتكررة تلمح الى اكتمال عناصرها, فنحاول الامتثال بها, مادام النص مطاوعا للمنهج .وبعد .. فلا ادعي لنفسي الكمال او القرب منه , وانما انا طالبة علم , وحسبي انني بذلت الغاية في سبيل اخراج هذا البحث على وجه مرض , وفي لفتات العلماء ما يسد الخلل ويستر العيب ومنه قول الاصفهاني : (( ان رايت انه لا يكتب انسان كتابا في يومه الا قال في غده : لو غير هذا لكان احسن, ولو زيد كذا لكان يستحسن, ولو قدم هذا لكان افضل, ولو ترك هذا لكان اجمل, وهذا من اعظم العبر, وهو دليل استيلاء النقص على جملة البشر))( ) , مهما حاول الباحث الالمام بجوانب موضوع من موضوعات الادب العربي وتراثه الحضاري , فسيظل المجال مفتوحا للاجتهاد والبحث , لكنني حاولت بكل ما توافر لي من جهد , وما وقع تحت يدي وبصري من مصادر ومراجع ان اتناول موضوعي هذا بدقة واستقصاء بقدر ما اسعفني به الجهد , مستمدة من الله تعالى العون والقوة , فعليه اتوكل واليه انيب

الانا والاخر في شعر لميعة عباس عمارة == The Me and the other In Poetry of Lameeah Abaas Omarah

Author name: سليم عارف ياسر
Supervisor name: عبد الحسن علي مهلهل
Specific topic: Language
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: الحمد لله الموجود في كل زمان ومكان ، لا تاخذه سنة ولا نوم ، الواحد الاحد الفرد الصمد ، مالك الملك ، وهو على كل شيء قدير ، وصلى الله على اشرف الخلق محمد ، وعلى اله الطيبين الطاهرين ، وصحبه المنتجبين ، وبعد .تسعى الدراسة الى التغلغل في عمق نص الشاعرة لميعة عباس عمارة ، بوصفه واقعة ادبية وثقافية وفكرية ، لها نسق تاريخي وجغرافي ، سعيا الى تحليل تلك الواقعة ، للوصول الى تشخيص طبيعة العلاقة بين الانا والاخر وفهمها ، والكشف عن الجوانب التي لم تزل قابعة في اعماق التجربة الشعرية المطروحة ، والبحث في دور الجوانب الثقافية ، والفكرية ، والفنية في رسم صورة الانا والاخر وتقديمها بنص ابداعي يحرك الفكر ويلامس الوجدان .وما دعا الى اختيار الموضوع ، هو اهمية مصطلح الانا والاخر في النقد الادبي الحديث ، والدراسات الادبية الحديثة ، ودوره في الكشف عن الكثير من الجوانب ، التي لا تستطيع كشفها كثير من الدراسات التي تهتم بالنص الادبي دراسة وتحليلا ؛ فضلا عن انه مازال يتمتع بالحيوية التي تجعله قادرا على استيعاب كثير من الموضوعات والافكار سيما انه يختلف من شاعر لاخر ، فهو عند لميعة عباس ليس كما هو عند نازك ، زد على ذلك ان ساحة الاشتغال هي شعر لميعة عباس ، وهي شاعرة عراقية لم تنل ما تستحقه من الدراسات ، ولم ياخذ شعرها نصيبه من الدراسة والتحليل على الرغم من اهمية شعرها ودوره في اثراء الادب العربي الحديث سيما انها تنتمي الى جيل الرواد ذلك الجيل الذي احدث ثورة ادبية ، وحركة شعرية واسعة ، وذائعة الصيت ، ومع ذلك لم تاخذ الشاعرة وشعرها من الاهتمام ما اخذه غيرها من الشعراء ، عدا دراسة الباحث اياد يوسف المعنونة (شعر لميعة عباس عمارة دراسة فنية) ودراسة الباحثة احلام عامل هزاع الموسومة ب(الموروث في شعر لميعة عباس عمارة) ودراسة شوقي يوسف بهنام المعنونة (لميعة عباس عمارة وهموم الضياع ، رؤية نفسية) .وقد بنيت الدراسة على تمهيد وثلاثة فصول ، تناولنا في التمهيد مفهوم (الانا والاخر) في اللغة وفي المنظور الفلسفي والمنظور النفسي والمنظور النقدي.وعالج الفصل الاول (تجليات الانا) طبيعة الانا وتمظهراتها وحالاتها في النص الادبي والكشف عن الوجوه التي تظهر بها الانا داخل النصوص الشعرية ، وقد تناولنا اكثرها بروزا والتي قسمناها على : (انا/الوطن ، انا/الثورة ، انا/التمرد ، انا/الاغتراب ، انا/التشاؤم ، انا/الانتماء القومي ، انا/الانساني).اما الفصل الثاني والذي اطلقنا عليه (تشظيات الاخر) فقد تناول تعدد الاخر وانماطه في النص الشعري وقد قسمناه على ثلاثة اقسام : الاخر الديني وتحدث عن علاقة الانا بالاخر المسلم ، والاخر المسيحي ، والاخر اليهودي ، والاخر البوذي ، وبين علاقتها وموقفها من كل منهم ، والقسم الثاني ، الاخر المكاني وقد قسم على المكان المفتوح (كالمدينة ، والصحراء ، والبحر) ، والمكان المغلق (كالبيت ، والسجن ، والقبر) معتمدا في ذلك التقسيم على ما ورد في نصوص الشاعرة من اماكن وبين الفصل علاقتها ومواقفها من تلك الاماكن ، اما القسم الثالث فهو الاخر الزماني وتتبع علاقة الانا بالازمنة المختلفة : الماضي ، والحاضر ، والمستقبل وبين محاولاتها في التغلب على الاخر الزمن. وقد جاء الفصل الثالث على قسمين ، الاول مصادر التشكيل اي المصادر المعرفية التي اعتمدت عليها الشاعرة في تشكيل نصها الشعري الحاوي لصورة الانا والاخر والمتمثلة بالقران الكريم ، والادب العربي القديم ، والاساطير ، والتاريخ ، والقسم الثاني طرائق التعبير ، والمتمثلة بالصورة الشعرية بشقيها البياني ، والحسي واستجلاء دورها في رسم الانا والاخر وتقديمهما للمتلقي بطريقة فنية ، ومن طرائق التعبير التي تناولها البحث ايضا الدراما ودورها في كشف علاقة الانا بالاخر عبر تلك المشاهد ، والمظاهر الدرامية ودورها في النص الابداعي للشاعرة .ومن الجدير بالذكر ان البحث قد اشار لبعض انماط الاخر التي لم توضع تحت مسميات مستقلة ؛ كون بعضها لا يشكل علامة بارزة في نصوص الشاعرة ، والبعض الاخر اسهم في الكشف عن تجليات الانا وحالاتها ، فاتضح معها بنفس المقدار فلا حاجة لجعله تحت تسمية مستقلة . وقد اعتمدت الدراسة المنهج التحليلي لما يقدمه من فائدة في استنطاق النصوص الادبية والكشف عن مقاصدها الشعرية . واعتمدت ايضا على طبيعة الشاعرة النفسية والاجتماعية ، وبعض المعلومات عن طبيعة الحياة الثقافية والسياسية في فترات ابداعها ، الى غير ذلك من الادوات المساعدة في اضاءة زوايا النص ، معتمدا مرجعيات داخلية وخارجية على انها لم تغفل الاحتكام الى النص بوصفه بنية متكاملة تعطي موقفا وتكشف عن خبايا واسرار تظهر لمن يستنطقه ويحاوره بروية وتاني . وفي الختام اود ان اقول ان هذه الدراسة هي محاولة متواضعة علها تلبي مستوى الطموح وتثمر عن فائدة على قدر ما بذل فيها من الجهد والعناء | The research reached to group of results we brief them as follows : - First chapter and the Me appeared by it existent and multi cases most important of them was the Me / The homeland , and here the me expressed in it about her love And her passion and her deep rooted with country until to reach to stage of edge of animation would be represented in her settlement & in traveling , The explanation of political situations in facing the authority & colonization to Arabic lands on tongue of Me / Revolution , but the situation towards society and its tradition and towards the other / the beloved . so through the rebellious me which refuses any thing that restricts it freedom & ideas , so the immigrant me about different cases of immigrant and its reasons , that are represented by outer immigrant that are the most reasons is being away from homeland and living in different places in customs and traditions other than the origin place, and to be stranger inside the homeland and most reasons is feeling non harmony and non communication means with others that caused to split & to be alone with himself , the immigration away from one's self where most reasons is feeling confused and lost and losing target , The me has inn its gloomy face a big role in revealing about hard circumstances that the poet Me lived with which formed with other reasons like loosing family & beloved ones and poverty and denying and romantic failure , a reason for making that gloomy face also the national belonging and to be proud of Arabic nation a role in forming the me in its national belonging and melting in group self , Which the Arabic society became representing the big family that would be happy if the are happy and would be sad if they will be sad also from the plural me that had been animated in poetry script where the human me , Where it revealed about high case of tolerance and accepting the different other , The poet had pushed away all types of radicalism and casting away on basis as race or color or religion because she sees that the people are all brothers in humanity being gathered by one creator so she refuses the classification and separation under any available plea.So the result of what has been achieved by the second chapter where the poet has expressed her respect to Islam in her situation and her view and the other Muslim where a view of respecting & admiration by its religious symbols and writing of Holly Quraan , and has shown about good relations and passion with the other Christian and has liked the other Buddhist for what she found in him insisting & loyalty and spirit of cooperation for sake of progress of his country as for the other Jewish so she found him a despotic , killer and extorted for others rights who lives on faking facts .But the other the place so the situations of the me poet are varied towards different places , so she seems to be satisfied and to accept each other like the Arabic city and the sea , refusing and hate for others such as ( jail & grave) but towards other places the poet shows acceptance & agree and sometimes refusing and hate according to the current situation and the non feeling of the me.But the other time , lie the past of merry memories and time of activity and youth and happy times and the present was the tragedy situation and weakness and disability and feeling pains and frustration , but the future has been lost as the unknown and scaring hallucination who brings with it the hoariness and old and death , The feeling of time pushing has pushed her to seek for a means for victory and to beat him up so she found her victory in achieving the moral immortality through art & creation.But the third chapter has shown that the poet has counted on acknowledge resources and intellectual storage has formed through it her creative script , that resources had been distributed between the Holy Quraan , Old Arabic literature , mythologies , and history as well as ways of expressing that had the role to show the image of me and the other artistically , so the most important of that methods is the poetry image by its two sides the data & feeling , which showed the role of senses and data styles in building the image also of the technical methods is the drama that the poet has revealed about the current conflict between the me & the other through dialogue on tongues of personalities that had been represented by mask, So the drama was a tool of art very easy from the experiment more technically & creatively

الافق التاويلي عند الزمخشري والطبرسي والرازي : الصفات الالهية انموذجا == The Hermeneutical Horizon of ALZAMAKHSHAR, ALTIBRISI, and ALRAZI

Author name: شامل عبد اللطيف
Supervisor name: رياض شنته جبر ال بطي
Specific topic: Language
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: بسم الله الرحمن الرحيمالحمد لله رب العالمين، والصلاة والسلام على رسوله الكريم، وعلى ال بيته الطيبين الطاهرين، واصحابه اجمعين، اما بعد.لا تخلو اية دراسة وبحث من اهمية وفائدة، ودرجة الاهمية هذه تحددهراغبة البحث والسؤال، ولا يخفى ان هذه الرغبة كانت وراء اختيارنا لايات الصفات الالهية في القران الكريم، ولضبط الموضوع المنظور فيه وتحديده سعينا الى اختيار ثلاثة تفاسير من مدارس مختلفة؛ ليكون تفسيرها لهذه الصفات - فحسب - موضوعا لنا، وعقدنا النية على ان تكون من القرن السادس الهجري، فتحدد موضوع البحث بهذه المرحلة، والى جانب ذلك شغلنا السؤال المهم والدقيق، فما هذه التفاسير التي ستكون موضوعا للبحث ما بين هذه السنوات؟، ولحرص منا ان يكون تفسير الكشاف (عن حقائق غوامض التنزيل وعيون الاقاويل في وجوه التاويل)، لصاحبه محمود بن عمر الزمخشري (538هـ)، ضمن هذه التفاسير الثلاثة، كونه الكتاب المعروف والشائع الذي بقي بصورة مكتملة من تفاسير المدرسة الاعتزالية، اخترنا تفاسير قريبة منه زمنيا حتى لا يحصل تناقض في الاختيار، فكانت هذه التفاسير( مجمع البيان في تفسير القران)، لامين الاسلام ابي علي الطبرسي (548هـ)، و(التفسير الكبير او مفاتيح الغيب، للامام فخر الدين الرازي(606هـ)، وهذا الاختيار يفرضه مسوغ منهجي اخر غير الزمان؛ وهو الاهم الذي ينبغي ان يراعى في حالة اختيار موضوع البحث، انها الردود والنقود بين هؤلاء المفسرين، وهذا يخص الرازي، فانه كثير النقد لتفسير الزمخشري في تاويل الصفات الالهية، وكثير النقل عنه ايضا؛ اذ ينقل عنه بعض الاراء والافكار التاويلية، فكتابة تفسير على تفسير اخر لا تعكس تاثير الاول على الثاني، اي : لا تعكس علاقة تاثير فقط، بل تعكس علاقة وعي وحضور دائم، فهي علاقة ثقافية سابقة، وهذه كلهراابطة مهمة في الحقيقة تخدم مسار البحث، وهي ايضا احد المسوغات التي تدفع بنا الى اختيار هؤلاء المفسرين من دون غيرهم. واما المسوغ الاخر، فهو رغبة معرفية في البحث تتمثل في السعي الى معرفة القبليات والسياقات الثقافية والفكرية التي يتصف بها كل مفسر بحسب انتمائه، واثرها في تاويل الصفات، فجاءت مادة البحث ملبية لهذه الرغبة، وذلك باختيار ثلاثة مفسرين من ثلاث مدارس، فكان الزمخشري من المعتزلة، وكان الطبرسي من الشيعة، وكان الرازي من الاشعرية.واما المسوغ الثالث، فهو يرتبط بطبيعة الموضوع المنظور فيه، وتتمثل هذه الطبيعة ارتباط الموضوع بالادبية والفنية، ذلك ان الصفات الالهية تمثل اعلى نصوص وتعابير قرانية ذات صبغة مجازية واستعارية، فاردنا ان نكشف عن التاويل لهذه الصفات، ونبين الافق الذي نظر منه اليها، فكان الافق اللغوي والبلاغي ملتصقين بموضوعنا من جانب، وباختصاصنا من جانب اخر، فالبحث عن الادبية والفنية في تفاسير هؤلاء بوساطة الصفات الالهية هو ما يحدد موضوعنا، ادبية اللغة التفسيرية، وفنية الافق التفسيري المرتبط بالافق القراني ذي الصبغة المجازية والاتساع في التعبير.كما تاتي اهمية البحث في الصفات الالهية من رغبة في اعادة تفكيرنا للتراث التفسيري، واعادته الى تفكيرنا مرة اخرى، لمعرفة الافق التاويلي عند هؤلاء المفسرين، وقبلياتهم المسبقة، واثرها في الفهم والتاويل، ومحاولة قياس مشروعيتها وصحتها، واخير محاولة معرفة ملاءمتها، اذ كانت هناك رغبة في معرفة اسباب الاختلاف في تاويل هذه الصفات بين المفسرين، والى ماذا يرجع هذا الخلاف، االى طبيعة الصفات نفسها ام الى الافاق التاويلية؟ اي : الى الموضوع المنظور فيه ام الى الذات المدرك لهذا الموضوع.وبما ان طريق البحث هو معرفة القبليات، ومعرفة التاويل اللغوي والبلاغي لهذه الصفات، فبحدود علم الباحث خلو المكتبات والمراكز البحثية المتخصصة بهذا الشان من دراسة قد سلكت هذا الطريق، اي : طريق معرفة القبليات والافق اللغوي والبلاغي في تاويل هذه الصفات عند هؤلاء المفسرين. كذلك خلو الابحاث من النظر الى الجوانب البلاغية والفنية للصفات الالهية، فالغالب ما يتم النظر الى هذه الصفات من افق عقدي وكلامي، وكلاهما لم يكونا من اهداف البحث وغاياته(*).ومن النظرية التاويلية اخذت الدراسة رؤيتها في المقاربة والمقارنة بين هؤلاء المفسرين، وقد اتكات على المكونات الاساسية التي تقدمها هذه النظرية في فهم النصوص وتاويلها، وفي التمهيد فصل الكلام عن ذلك، وبما يخدم البحث بعيدا عن الاطناب وقريب من الايجاز.وبهذا تكلمنا في التمهيد عن معنى الصفات الالهية لغة واصطلاحا، وعن التفسير والتاويل والفرق بينهما، وعن التاويل عند المدرسة الغربية الحديثة، وما قدمته لنا من مساعدة في فهم النصوص الادبية والفنية بالاساس.وفي الفصل الاول جاءت القبليات التاويلية على ثلاثة مباحث، في كل مبحث تكلمنا عن قبليات المفسر وثقافته ومعارفه السابقة عليه واثرها في التفسير، وكذلك معارفه الذاتية التي تميز كل مفسر عن غيره، فكانت المعارف البلاغية ما يميز الزمخشري عن الطبرسي الذي اشتهر بالمعارف اللغوية الكلامية، وكانت المعارف الكلامية هي ما يميز الرازي عنهما. وقد كان الفصل الثاني ضرورة ملحة ومرتبطة بالفصل الاول، وقد تكلمنا فيه عن التاويل اللغوي والنظرة التاويلية الى اللغة، وفهمها، وقد جاء على ثلاثة مباحث ايضا، وفي كل مبحث كلام عن مجموعة من الصفات نبين بوساطتها الافق التاويلي لهذا المفسر وطريقته في فهم اللغة.ومع الفصل الثالث اكتمل البحث بالكلام عن التاويل البلاغي، فتكلمنا عن الفنون البلاغية كالمجاز والاستعارة والكناية والتخييل واثرها في فهم الصفات، وبالاحرى تكلمنا عن الرؤية التاويلية لهذه الفنون، وما تتركه من اثر في فهم الصفات الالهية، فمعلوم ان كل افق تاويلي سواء اكان لغويا ام بلاغيا له تصوره المسبق، وعنده قبلياته المسبقة الموجهة لتاويله، فليست الافاق التاويلية متساوية، وبهذا الفصل كانت نهاية بحثنا.كانت طريقة البحث وطريقة الانتقال من فكرة الى فكرة ومن مبحث الى اخر، ومن فصل الى ثان، طريقة اقتضائية، بمعنى ان الافكار هي التي تطلب ما يليها وما يسبقها، وكذلك الفصول داخل الرسالة، فليست عملية تقديم فكرة ما على اخرى، وموضوع على اخر، ناتجة من فراغ، بل لاعتبارات منهجية مستقلة عن الفرض والاسقاط الذي لا يراعي طبيعة الموضوع، فخلاصة كل موضوع هي بداية موضوع اخر، لنحقق بذلك الدقة والضبط المنهجيين.ما بقي لدي من كلام، فهو لاستاذي وابي الروحي الدكتور رياض شنتة جبر، فهو بصيرتي وبصري لهذه الرسالة، كما اقدم حبي ووفائي لقسم اللغة العربية في كلية التربية للعلوم الانسانية في جامعة ذي قار، والى اساتذة هذا القسم فردا فردا.والحمد لله رب العالمين، وتعالى عن مدارك الاوصاف، وهو الخبير بما تكنه الصدور. | The research aims to tackle three interpretations of Quran by three interpreters of fifth and sixth Hejra century. The research studies the divine features,( ability, will, hear, talk, throne, hand, leg, fest , swear….), in these interpretations .The first interpretation is ALKISHAF( on facts of mysterious revelation and the basic speeches in the Hermeneutic facets ) by Mahmood Ben Omar ALZAMAKHSHARI(538H)The second interpretation is ( Majmih Albiyan in Quran interpretation) by Ameen Aleslam Abi Ali Altubersi(548H)The third interpretation is ( The Grand interpretation or the key of the unseen) by Immam Fakhir Aldeen Alrazi(606H0The question the research aims to answer is : how the those interpreters understand and interpret the divine features in The holly Quran, and what is the horizon they look through to those features, and what is the impact of prejudices on their interpretations? This question constitutes the first chapter, from it raises two questions, the second and third chapters answer them.The research plan is to start with general introduction on Hermeneutics theory, and the approach it offers to interpret the literary and artistic texts.Chapter one studies the prejudice and its positive and negative impacts on interpretationChapter two studies the linguistic interpretation : choose a group of these features to show the hermeneutic horizon.Chapter three studies the rhetoric interpretation : metaphor , and imagination, the understanding of these arts and their impact of feature interpretation.Conclusion : shows that the prejudice is of remarkable guide on the interpretation of those interpreters in dealing with divine features : the previous knowledge and its impact on hermeneutic experience. That means the previous knowledge has the clear cut decision on hermeneutic statement

الاغتراب في الشعر الاسلامي والاموي مقاربة سيميائية == Alienation in Islamic Umayyad poetry : A semiotic Approximation

Author name: حيدر حميد شراد
Supervisor name: حسين علي عبد الحسين الدخيلي
Specific topic: Language
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: يحاول المنهج السيميائي تسليط الضوء على المعالم الدلالية التي اغفلتها المناهج النقدية التي سبقته ، من خلال دراسة الانظمة العلاماتية والرمزية والاشارية على تعددها وتنوعها ، ولعل ذلك لايتم الا بالقراءة التاويلية التي حاول النقاد من خلالهراصد شبكة العلاقات داخل النصوص وخارجها ، ذلك ان المنهج السيميائي ينتج في مستويات الخطاب النصي وغير النصي كافة ، ويعمل على تنظيم العلاقة بين مبدعي النصوص ومتلقيها على حد سواء .وانطلاقا من اهمية المنهج السيميائي ولقلة دراساته التطبيقية في الشعر القديم ولاسيما الاسلامي والاموي منه ، لذا جاء اختيارنا لموضوع الدراسة والتي اخذت عنوان ( الاغتراب في الشعر الاسلامي والاموي مقاربة سيميائية ) محاولة استنطاق النصوص الاغترابية والكشف عما يختبىء وراءها من مضامين ودلالات مضمرة في تراثنا الشعري العربي الثر ، ونظرا لما يحمله النص الاغترابي من علامات لغوية وغير لغوية بحسب المفهوم السيميائي معتمدين المستوى التطبيقي في مقاربة النصوص اكثر من غيره .وقد انقسمت خطة الدراسة على ثلاثة فصول يتقدمها تمهيد قسم على محورين ، تناول المحور الاول دراسة مفهوماتية ( غربة ام اغتراب ) وبيان الفرق بين الغربة والاغتراب والكشف عن مفهوم الاغتراب الواسع ، اما المحور الاخر فقد تمركز حول دراسة ( مفهوم السيمياء ) وجذورها والتطور التاريخي لها ، والعلماء الذين اسسوا لها سواء اكانوا من الغرب ام من العرب .اما الفصل الاول الذي وسم بــ ( بواعث الاغتراب وابعادها السيميائية ) فقد قسم على اربعة مباحث وهي كالاتي : ( السجن ، وفقد الاحبة ، والماضي والحاضر " البدايات والنهايات" ، والليل ) .اما الفصل الثاني الذي وسم بــ ( اثار الاغتراب وابعادها السيميائية ) فقد جاء على اربعة مباحث كذلك ، وهي كالاتي : ( البكاء ، والتغيرات الفسيولوجية ، والموت والقبر ، واثار اخرى ) .على حين قسم الفصل الثالث الذي وسم بـ ( مظاهر الطبيعة عند المغتربين وابعادها السيميائية ) على مبحثين ، اختص الاول منهما بدراسة ( مظاهر الطبيعة المتحركة ) واحتوى على ثيمات ( الغراب ، والحمامة ، ومظاهر طبيعية اخرى ) اما المبحث الاخر فقد اهتم بدراسة( مظاهر الطبيعة الصامتة ) واحتوى على ثيمات ( النبات ، والنجوم ، والبرق والرياح ) .وانتهت الدراسة بخلاصة تضمنت اهم النتائج التي توصل اليها البحث ، ثم تلتها قائمة المصادر والمراجع التي اعتمدها البحث فيما تقدم من فصوله .ولم يسلم بحثنا من وجود بعض الصعوبات والمعوقات مثله مثل اي بحث علمي ، ولعل في مقدمة هذه الصعوبات واهمها عينة البحث كونها تدور حول ثيمة واحدة وهي ثيمة ( الاغتراب ) في حين يحتاج المنهج السيميائي الى الانفتاح وتعدد الثيمات وتنوعها ، ليتسنى للباحث اقتناص العلامات والدلالات بشكل اوسع ، وهذا ما يولد صعوبة في الانتاج العلامي والدلالي بوصفه يتمحور حول ثيمة واحدة فقط من جهة ، وتشعب علم السيمياء وتعدد مناهجه وتداخلها مع بعضها من جهة اخرى .وعلى الرغم من تعدد مناهج علم السيمياء الا اننا لم نجد درسا تطبيقيا كاملا في هذا الاتجاه لظاهرة معينة بكاملها او لنتاج شاعر الا القليل جدا ــ كما يبدو لي ــ وانما تتواجد مقاربات نصية من هنا وهناك ، والمشكلة تكمن في ان المتعاملين مع المنهج السيميائي يتعاملون على مستوى التنظير لا على مستوى التطبيق ، فضلا عن صعوبة الحصول على بعض المصادر المتعلقة بدراستي او ندرتها لاسباب كثيرة. وفي الختام اتقدم بخالص شكري وامتناني الى استاذي المشرف الدكتور حسين علي عبد الحسين الدخيلي الذي اعطاني الفرصة في البحث والتحري ، ولاثرائه لرسالتي بتوجيهاته السديدة ، ورحابة صدره ، فاسال الله له زيادة في العلم وصحة في الجسم ، وتوفيقا في حياته الاولى والاخرى ، وجزاه الله عني خير الجزاء | Alienation may include in addition other meanings , The sense of being a part from something and total isolation from it . Alienation from the self , Nature . Community etc… are all true phases of the themeay . Alienation hence alienation is broader than mere isolation.The present study uses semiotics as an approach which works on signs that betray the sense of Alienation.The study is divided into three chapters headed by an introduction where is divided in its turn into two sections clarifying Alienation versus estrangement an one hand and the concept of semiotics on the other respectively .Chapter one is divided into from sections related to imprisonments , loss past and present and the night .Chapter two is also divided into from sections related to crying, physiological change , Death , Grave Chapter three is divided into two sections , The first section sheds light upon volatile natural dements , The section sheds light upon natural elements , The themes of the crow , The dove , The camel and others party, The first section , Themes ay stars , lightening , wind etc… are party of the second section The conclusion sums up the findings of the study

الاعتراضات النحوية لشراح الجمل على عبد القاهر الجرجاني == Objections commentators Gamal Abdel omnipotent Jerjani

Author name: نور مسلم صالح الغرابي
Supervisor name: سهى كناوي حسن
Specific topic: Language
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: The book (as in sentences) for Jrjana of the most important books shortcut Jerjani, for that this book has received attention by researchers because it is a book to explain (factors), which aims to teach the emerging Arabic grammar is far from the objections and differences of opinion ... And require the nature of the research that divides an introduction followed by a reboot and two doors, followed by a conclusion in which I explained the most important results of the research, and worked hard to be the number of doors pages equal, but the nature of the material in the book required to be the first door has the largest in search share.Boot annexation of two things : First : I talked about him Abdul omnipotent Jerjani and lineage and scientific stature and elders who took his knowledge of them and his disciples who make disciples on his hands and his writings and the year of his death. And it dealt with annotations which explained the book (as in sentences) and the most important commentators their knowledge.The second showed the meaning of the objection and idiomatically language.The doors Vtdment the following : Part I dealt with the parts of speech is on the three chapters : Chapter I : The names includes : First : Border : Name some extent, limit the actor's name, and limited exception, the case united, united the indefinite article and knowledge, and the building and expressed.Second : What caused by name and includes : Deuteronomy, and the expression of the six names, and both and both, the difference between the building and expressed.Chapter II : acts includes : First : an end Function : Second acts includes : (1) the past tense, and addressed it : transitive verb was missing and the full and distress and nearing.(2) the present tense includes : Bug lifter present tense works and what action of the verb.(3) an act which includes : building bug did it.Chapter Three : letters and includes : an end character, and the fact that (will not). And Part II dealt with the (grammatical General provisions) includes the following : Chapter One : doors grammatical and divided by three sections : First : the nominative or indicative included : Bug lifter Debutante and the news, and to provide the news that her name.II : Mouncobac includes : Bug building name not precluding sex, and do not repeat the name after the indefinite article, and factor in the Excluded, and the monument with waw passion (F brilliance). III : Prepositional includes : Addition, and added to the J speaker. The second chapter : grabbed the solo things and includes : the appeal and banned from the exchange. Then sealed conclusion searchable highlighted the findings. It has walked in my research on this analytical approach; a revenue Jerjani opinion matters, as well as the statement of the views of commentators and then present the views of grammarians, and the statement of the right of opinion.

الاسس التداولية للقواعد النحوية == Foundation of deliberative Grammatical rules

Author name: اسماء صبر نعيمة العكيلي
Supervisor name: شاكر سبع نتيش الاسدي
Specific topic: Language
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: الحمد لله رب العالمين الذي جعل الحمد مفتاحا لذكره ، وسببا لمزيد فضله ، ودليلا على عظمته ، والصلاة والسلام على اشرف الخلق محمد المصطفى ( صلى الله عليه وعلى اله الطيبين الطاهرين), اعلام الهدى من تمسك بهم نجا ، ومن تخلف عنهم خاب وهوى وبعد . اولى النحويون في كثير من تحليلاتهم النحوية الجانب التداولي العناية الواضحة, وقد جاءت هذه الدراسة (الاسس التداولية للقواعد النحوية ) لتقف على قواعد النحويين والنظر في تحليلاتهم النحوية التي جاءت منسجمة مع الاسس التنظيرية للتداولية ، فالناظر للقواعد النحوية التي خلفها علماء النحو يرى انهم راعوا الجانب الاستعمالي ، فراعوا في معالجاتهم اللغوية اطراف العملية الكلامية (المتكلم - المخاطب )، والعلاقة القائمة بينهما في اثناء الكلام ، والملابسات السياقية والاجتماعية في صياغة قواعدهم النحوية ، لان النحويين اعتمدوا اللغة المنطوقة الجارية على السنة مستعمليها . وقد تلمس ملامح هذه الفكرة استاذي المشرف ونالت عنايته ورغبني بتتبع الاسس التداولية للقواعد النحوية وكشفها ، فاشار علي ان اكتب بهذا الموضوع واناره بقبس من انوار ارائه السديدة , وتصويباته التي كان يمدني بها على طول مسيرة البحث ، وبعد البحث والاستقراء والتتبع في مظان الدرس النحوي والتداولي وقعت لي بعض المصادر التي يمكن عدها مصادر رئيسة في انجاز البحث، حاولت ان تربط بين التراث اللساني العربي والتداولية منها : التداولية عند العلماء العرب دراسة تداولية لظاهرة "الافعال الكلامية" في التراث اللساني العربي : للدكتور مسعود صحراوي، والاسس الابستمولوجية والتداولية للنظر النحوي عند سيبويه : للدكتور ادريس مقبول، وفي اللسانيات التداولية مع محاولة تاصيلية في الدرس العربي القديم : للدكتور خليفة بوجادي، وبحث بعنوان التداولية في النحو العربي : للدكتور فيصل مفتن كاظم ، ورسالة ماجستير بعنوان : اثر التفكير الاجتماعي في صياغة القاعدة النحوية : للباحثة افراح كاظم ياسر. وسبب اختياري لهذا الموضوع هو الربط بين التداولية والقواعد النحوية والبحث في اسسها التداولية بوصفها ميدانا جديدا من ميادين الدراسات اللسانية ، حاولت فيها البحث في الاسس التداولية التي بنيت عليها القواعد النحوية، وقد حف مشواري بجملة من المصاعب اعترضت طريقي منها : قلة الدراسات التي درست تاصيل النظرية التداولية في القواعد النحوية ، وضخامة المادة المدروسة التي شملت القواعد النحوية باجمعها في كتب النحو عموما فضلا عن المصادر اللغوية الاخر، واقتضت طبيعة هذا الموضوع وتشعباته ان تكون المادة العلمية لهذا البحث موزعة على مقدمة ، واربعة فصول وخاتمة تتبعها قائمة بالمصادر والمراجع. بحثت في الفصل الاول : السياق التداولي للقواعد النحوية، وتشكل من مبحثين : تكفل المبحث الاول ببيان السياق الاجتماعي والقواعد النحوية 0 وعنى المبحث الثاني ببيان سياق المقام والقواعد النحوية . اما الفصل الثاني فقد خصص لدراسة الافعال الكلامية والقواعد النحوية : وجاء على مبحثين، ضم الاول منها الافعال الكلامية المباشرة والقواعد النحوية ، وبحثت في الثاني الافعال الكلامية غير المباشرة والقواعد النحوية. وخصصت الفصل الثالث لدراسة المرجعيات الثقافية والفكرية والقواعد النحوية : وانطوى على ثلاثة مباحث عرض المبحث الاول منها المرجعيات الدينية والقواعد النحوية، وتوقف الثاني على المرجعيات الفلسفية والقواعد النحوية ، وضم المبحث الثالث المدارس النحوية والقواعد النحوية . وكان الفصل الرابع عن الاستلزام الحواري والقواعد النحوية وقسمته على مبحثين اختص المبحث الاول بدراسة التنغيم والقواعد النحوية ، واختص المبحث الثاني بدارسة الاشارات والقواعد النحوية . وقد افاد البحث في كل خطوة من خطواته من مجموعة المصادر القديمة والحديثة ابرزها : - 1 - كتب النحو القديمة ، منها : الكتاب ، والمقتضب ، والانصاف في مسائل الخلاف ، والاصول في النحو ، وشرح ابن عقيل ... الخ2 - التفاسير منها : مجمع البيان في تفسير القران ، والكشاف ، والتفسير الكبير ، وزاد المسير في علم التفسير ، والبحر المحيط ... الخ3 - اللسانيات التداولية ، منها : الاتجاه التداولي والوظيفي الدرس اللغوي ، وافاق جديدة في البحث اللغوي المعاصر ، واستراتيجيات الخطاب مقاربة لغوية تـداولية ،والمقاربة التداولية ثم انتهى البحث بخاتمة بينت فيها ابرز النتائج التي توصلت اليها . وفي الختام اقول : اني بذلت ما بوسعي من جهد واخلصت النية املا في ان يكون عملي مرضيا لله ، واهل العلم ،وطلابه فان كان كما تمنيت فذلك من الله فضل ورحمة ، وان لم يكن كذلك فحسبي انني حاولت وبذلت ما بوسعي ولا ادعي الكمال او انني قدمت جهدا خاليا من النقص، والكمال لله وحده عليه توكلت واليه انيب | Praise be to Allah who made praise the key to the penis and cause more bounly and proof of his greatness. And prayer and peace be upon his creation ALMustafa Muhmmed (peace be upon him and his good followers) the flages of ituda who stuch to them survived and who left them disappointed and after. The grammatians give priority - in their analyses of the grammatical rules to the communicative side which was given much more attenhon and care. This study came (the deliberative foundation of grammatical rules) to study the rules of grammarians and to explain their grammatical analyses which came to be similar with what is called (the deliberative theory). The grammarians were concerned with the use of grammatical rutes in which they try to treat the spoken process between (the speaker - the addressee) in their linguistic treatment and study the relation ship between them, also they deal with contextual and cultural circumstances in clarifying their grammatical rules. The idea of the topic may touch my supervisor's attention by following the basis of the deliberative theory in the grammatical rules and he refers to me by choosing this subject and helps me with his good opinions along my research. And after searching many sources I found just little sources which link between the grammatical rules and the deliberative theory. The book which is under the title (the deliberative in Arab scientests deliberative study for the phenomenon of wordy verbs in the Arabic heritage), and a book under the title (The addressee's respect in Arabic grammar). And a letter under the title (the social context in the grammatical rules). The reason for chosen this topic because it is a new field trying rooting the deliberative theory in the grammatical rules, although many difficulties I faced in my study, few studies are dealt with rooting the deliberative theory of the grammatical rules and the immensity of the material because it does not confine on the grammatical books only but all other linguistic sources. The scientific material will include an introduction, four sections, conclusion and references. At section one the deliberative context for grammatical rules and it is divided into two steps, the first step includes clarifying the social context and the grammatical rules while the second step explains the staning context and grammatical rules. Section Two deals with the study of wordy verbs and grammatical rules, it also comes into two ways, the first the direct wordy verbs and grammatical rules, and the second includes the indirect wordy verbs and grammatical rules. Section Three explains the cultural and intellectual shedies and grammatical rules. It stand in three steps, the first standies the religious references and grammatical rules. While the second deals with the philosophical references and grammatical rukes. Then the third step expresses the grammatical schools and grammatical rules. Section four is about dialogue entailment and grammatical riles, it is divided into two waysm the first particulatizes the tonal study and grammatical rules, the second expresses the study of instructions and grammatical rules. The conclusion of the research explains the main results of the topic. At the end I do all my effort and all my best and I wish the mercy and help from Allah for my

الاحتمال النحوي في شعر المولدين : دراسة نحوية دلالية == The Grammatical possibility in modernists’ Poetry ـStudy grammatical, semantic

Author name: نعمان حسن طاهر
Supervisor name: زكي فليح الموسوي
Specific topic: Language
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: الحمد لله على سوابغ النعم وله الشكر على جلائل القسم، ربنا الذي علم بالقلم، علم الانسان مالم يعلم، وصلى الله على رسوله المبعوث رحمة للعالمين بالدلائل الواضحة، والبراهين الساطعة، داعيا اليه بشيرا ونذيرا، وسراجا منيرا، فبلغ الرسالة وادى الامانة، وعلى اله الميامين الاطايب الاكرمين وسلم تسليما كثيرا، وبعد : تناولت هذه الدراسة ظاهرة ذات اهمية بالغة في النحو العربي، الا وهي ظاهرة الاحتمال النحوي؛ كونها تبين العلاقة بين المعنى النحوي والمعنى الدلالي للنص، وليس بخفي على المطلعين من انه ما من كتاب في النحو الا ومرت هذه الظاهرة في مواضع كثيرة من جنباته، اضف الى ذلك انها تظهر جانبا من القيم الابداعية والجمالية في النصوص الادبية، ولاسيما الراقية منها بما يتسع لها النص من معان محتملة تجري على وفق تقنيات اللغة المعيارية.ولاهمية موضوع الاحتمال النحوي في النحو العربي توجهت لدراسته همم الدارسين في مختلف اصناف النصوص الادبية الرفيعة، ولما كان الشاهد الشعري يعتوره بعض الخلل؛ نتيجة لاستشهاد بعض النحويين بشعر خارج الحدود الزمانية والمكانية التي ارتضوها للاحتجاج، اذ ان بعضهم يحتج بابيات تنسب لادم ()، ويحتج اخرون بابيات تنسب لاهل اليمن، واخرى تنسب الى الجن، واحيانا يحتج بعضهم بمن لا يوثق بفصاحته، ويقعدون على شعر مجهول القائل، واخر يصطنعونه، كما يفترضون شواهدا لم يرد السماع بها عن العرب، بل انهم ياخذون عن الصبيان ولايتورعون من الاخذ عن المجانين في احيان اخرى.لذا جاءت هذه الدراسة في محاولة سد تلك الثغرات التي في الشاهد الشعري من خلال الاستشهاد بشعر العلماء المولدين، البارزين منهم، الذين يوثق بفصاحتهم؛ والذين شهد لهم علماء العربية بالاحاطة بعلوم اللغة واسرارها، كالمتنبي، وابي تمام الطائي، وابي العلاء المعري، وغيرهم.ويجدر بالذكر ان سيبويه قد احتج لبعض الشعراء المولدين في كتابه، وان كان ذلك على نطاق ضيق، الا ان المتاخرين من النحاة قد اكثروا من الاستدلال بشعرهم، وان كان اكثره جاء على سبيل التمثيل.ولهذا السبب اختار الباحث دراسة الاحتمال النحوي في شعر المولدين الذي جاء غالب احتمالاته في امهات الكتب النحوية، فقد وردت عن كبار علماء النحو؛ في محاولة اثبات ان كثيرا مما لحن به الشعراء العلماء من المولدين، انما يحتمل غير ذي وجه يوافق قواعد النحو المعيارية، سواء اكان ذلك على مستوى المفردة في التركيب ام على مستوى تعدد اوجه التركيب نفسه، اضافة الى ذلك، يلقي هذا البحث الضوء على بعض القيم الابداعية والجمالية في شعر المولدين. واما منهج البحث، فانه يبدا في كل مرة بتاصيل القاعدة النحوية ذات العلاقة بالاحتمال، يتلوه بيان على ما يساعد في نشوء الاحتمال في الدراسة التطبيقية، ومن ثم ياتي ذكر ما احتمله كبار النحاة في بيت الشاعر المولد من اوجه نحوية ممكنة، وبعد ذلك تجري دراسة تلك الاوجه وتوجيهها من حيث القوة او الضعف، وبيان ما ينتج عنها من دلالات لا تتعارض وسياق النص، ثم محاولة ترجيح احد الاوجه المحتملة؛ بناء على مقتضيات السياق الخارجية والداخلية للنص وما يحيط به من قرائن مقامية ومقالية.وقد اقتضت طبيعة البحث ان ينقسم الى خمسة فصول يقدمها تمهيد وتليها خاتمة ثم ثبت للمصادر والمراجع.يبين التمهيد مفهوم الاحتمال في اللغة والاصطلاح، وقد عرج على كشف الاسباب المؤدية لحدوث الاحتمال، ثم عرض مفهوم معنى المولدين وطبقتهم في الشعر وموقف العلماء من الاستدلال بها.واما فصول البحث فقد اعتمدت في تبويبها على اول الاحتمالات التي طرحت، فجاءت بالشكل الاتي : • الفصل الاول : الاحتمال النحوي في العمدة، ويضم بعد التوطئة مبحثين، الاول ما يحتمل في المسند اليه، والاخر : ما يحتمل في المسند.• الفصل الثاني : الاحتمال النحوي في الفضلة، ويضم بعد التوطئة ثلاثة مباحث، الاول ما يحتمل في المفاعيل، واما الثاني فهو فيما يحتمل في اشباه المفاعيل، واما الثالث فهو عبارة عن مظاهر اخرى للاحتمال في الفضلة.• الفصل الثالث : التداخل بين المعاني النحوية للادوات، هو مقسم على ثلاثة مباحث، الاول، التداخل في معاني الادوات الاحادية، والثاني التداخل في معاني الادوات الثنائية، والثالث التداخل في معاني الادوات الثلاثية فاكثر.• الفصل الرابع : الاحتمال النحوي الثلاثي ؛ وهذا الفصل يحاول ان يثبت امكانية تعدد المعاني النحوية في شعر المولدين باكثر من وجهين توافق كلها القاعدة النحوية، وبسمات دلالية تكشف عن ابداع الشعراء المولدين، وحيوية اللغة العربية ؛ من حيث قدرتها على الاتساع في المعنى في ان واحد ؛ لذا ابتعد هذا البحث عن الاحتمال الذي منشؤه تعدد لهجي او الذي يكون عن اختلاف نحوي ، ويبتعد ايضا عن السبر والتقسيم الذي هو محاولة استقصاء ما امكن من اوجه متعددة ؛ فلعل ذلك يرهق النص بتكلف ما لا يتحمله من تعدد المعاني الوظيفية؛ وللسبب نفسه ابتعد هذا البحث عن الاحتمالات التي تزيد على ثلاثة اوجه . والفصل هذا ينقسم الى ثلاثة مباحث توافق ما تقدم، الاول : الاحتمال في العمدة، والثاني : الاحتمال في الفضلة، والثالث : الاحتمال في تداخل معاني الادوات، فاساس هذا الفصل قائم بمجمله على الاحتمال الثلاثي.• الفصل الخامس : الاحتمال النحوي في التراكيب، انقسم هذا الفصل الى اربعة مباحث، يضم الاول الاحتمال في الجملة، ويضم الثاني الاحتمال في شبه الجملة، ويضم الثالث الاحتمال في عوارض التركيب، وقد تناولت فيه عارض التقديم والتاخير وعارض الحذف والتقدير وعارض الفصل والوصل، ويضم المبحث الرابع مظاهر اخرى للاحتمال النحوي في التركيب، منها عود الضمير، وتعدد الاحتمال بين الحمل على ظاهر اللفظ والحمل على المعنى، وكذلك تناولت فيه ما يحتمل في القلب النحوي، واما المبحث الخامس فهو فيما يحتمل احتمال ثلاثي في التراكيب.وقد تلت هذه الفصول خاتمة بنتائج البحث، ثم ثبت للمصادر والمراجع التي استقى مادته منها. فاما المصادر والمراجع التي نهل منها هذا البحث، فهي في الاغلب طائفة من مصنفات النحو القديمة والحديثة، وطائفة من كتب البلاغة، وبعض كتب التفسير، وبعض الدواوين الشعرية واخرى شروح لدواوين بعض الشعراء المولدين. لاشك ان لكل عمل جاد ظروفه وتحدياته، فمن اهم الصعوبات التي واجهت البحث، هي ان الشواهد الشعرية لطبقة الشعراء المولدين في كتب النحاة قليلة مقارنة بغيرهم من طبقات الشعراء، اضف الى ذلك انه ليس كل الشواهد التي ذكروها تحتمل اكثر من وجه نحوي؛ مما حدا بالبحث ان يرتفد من الاحتمالات التي ذكرها كبار النحاة في شروحهم لابرز دواوين الشعراء المولدين، كابي تمام الطائي، وابي العلاء المعري، وغيرهم. واخيرا اود القول : لقد بذلت غاية الجهد بما من الله تعالى علي من معرفة، وقد جعلتها من اجل لغتي الحبيبة ـــــ لغة القران الكريم ـــــ فان عرض في هذا البحث زلة قدم، او طغى فيه قلم، فاسال الله تعالى غفران الزلة واقالة العثرة انه نعم المولى ونعم النصير | This study of the grammatical possibility explains that the diversity of the grammatical meaning must cause semantic diversity in the text according to its context . The reason of this diversity , as the study reaches , related for no more than three relations : First : Related to the speaker or what is narrated by him .Second : What is related to the language and its structures .Third : The analysis and direction of the grammatical functions within the structure . This research study broaches that the poetic quotation which is the most important in the linguistic rules - forming has some gaps that make some defect .As we notice in many of standard grammatical references, Grammarians cite poetry out of the spatial and temporal bounders which they approved as a condition for the argument .They argue by verses attributed to Adam ( peace be on him ) , people of Yemen furthermore they argue by some verses attributed to the demons or some who are not trusted their eloquence , so we see them depend on anonymous or created poetry and sometimes they mention unreal quotations that are never heard about Arabs .they narrate about boys and even the insane people as well .The study reaches that it is possible to bridge these gaps in the poetic quotations by citing from the modernists’ poems who are remarkable and their eloquence is trusted and also recommended by the Arabs linguists that are acquainted with the language and its secrets . for example , Al - Mutanbi , Abi Tammam and Albuhtary and others belong to the age which is at least near to the age of argument .This call is supported by our rich linguistic heritage started with Sebaway s book to the latter grammarians who made more inference in the modernists’ poetry although demonstration is the main reason for the most .For the above reason , the researcher chooses the grammatical possibility in the modernists’ poetry which is mostly included in the famous grammatical references in an attempt to prove that a lot of the grammatical mistakes made by the modernists poets might have more than one form according to the standard rules whether on the level of the vocabulary in the structure or the structure’s form itself . the study shows an aesthetic values accompanied by the inference diversity in the texts of the modernists poets and demonstrates their linguistic and creative abilities which consistent with their grammatical standard patterns . in addition to that , it sheds the light on the vitality of the Arabic and its ability to expand in meaning . This study attempts to give preference of one possible meaning depending on the necessities of internal and external context and the surrounding contextual indications

الاتجاه الاجتماعي في النقد العربي القديم : دراسة تحليلة == The Social Trend in the Ancient Arab Critical Discourse

Author name: هديل قديم جري
Supervisor name: عباس جخيور سدخان الوائلي
Specific topic: Literature
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: In poison of Allah Al - Rahman aalrHymaalHmd llh the raising sky wear of intention, fastener of the land in stake, on where height rises, liked where all breath resorts and trivial, does not know him her the hearts in assumption, his insight followed her the eyes in glancing, all statement rose about refuted, waaHtjb about all recklessness and cash.The prayer and the peace on source of the flags and the arbitrator, and return aalxlaay'q and the nations, her kindness the favor, and the informed flag, gentleman Arabic waale'jm, Mohammed Bin Abdullah is messenger represents me, and evidence from Allah executor, ibex of the suns the horoscope, and the illuminative moons, aalttaaabe'yn in sect gentleman of the character, his the publishers for debt followed his family and his friends benevolent from cobra and fasted wllh witnessed.After.Perhaps the statement : Indeed all what the human exports from social statement yjaanb the correctness, followed ye'aaks aalmHjt, so the human being says sentenced reveals you the society and their verb, his effect in circumstance and his submissions of facial paralyses, and what that to mSdaaq for truth for as long as her believer felt and horses weak that the human social being originally normalized him, delivers, and grows, and salutes in light of society, evaluates in him with family froze him, and children financed him the approach portrayed from social various, so different beatings from the interaction straighten in with them, divides w'iyaahm their share from the life, on relationships from the cooperation reconciled once, and the fight is last once, different in disagreement social domains of Al - Hayat numerous, religious and political and artistic also, so the art clarified mSdaaq for the social human, and straight excuse thereon, mouth hairy to image For the society who dismisses in him, and e'aaksCmirror his of circumstances and his situations, and civilization hairy 'inmaa structure on basis from says him and last basis from the statement in him, shown opinions refuges of the correctness and last shown refuges of the multiple and wrong, so if the hair was social, so his cash is likewise also, so there social in the speeches hairy and the cash also, from here idea of the letter came, to brands on after that entitled (the social direction in the money letter old.So to the Arabic cash acquired in many from studious which aamaaTt aallthaam about a lot of the monetary sides which gathered in her raved the inherited cash, who important distances for Arabic nature Al - Hayat discover and ways lived her and her culture, disassemblies of mirror reverses some truths aalmDmrt which already does not request her the passing recipient in the reading, to ends reading requires mtme'nt examiner to Arabic builder Al - Hayat establishes and her culture which designating sides sanctify blessing valuable and the concepts which guarantees in her Arabic and be proud in her wytwaarthhaa the Arab across the centuries, then Al - Hayat was social upright on nervous, and the type, and the ethnic affiliation and the glory in the ratios and the clean blood and the white color the uncles from liabilities the mixture with separation the last people, and hence then abundance for him raved distinguished his the social identity and the standing and the occurrence on the protection about road of affiliation for this nervous, As opposed to her loss so pulls from him this identity and indeed the vagrancy and the ritual consecrations from her protection will be destiny from rebels on her and her laws underestimate in, for that this composition and the laws whether ethnic values were moral mother of assimilation deterring first for the human Arabic for the prevention without spreading of the fsq waalfjwr in the society, because the importance which acquired in her the social laws assimilation date of the affiliation who results him the individual from her , weak including on look Arabic and their thought and their fanaticism to the bases divideDwhich the constitution idealizes first enemy committed to her and upright on accomplishment her, and in this so indeed the stop astride aalmskwt about him in the cash waalmxbw' from impact working social on a lot of the monetary arbitrators which inheriting her the ignorant critics from the era is navel while after him from the eras so assimilation of holy became be necessary aalaaHtdhaa' in him, weak dominant on operation receiving some The money letters, and that in returning some her in intellectual control the inclination and the scholastic affiliation in him.wwqd idea of the searching required division of the letter to three chapters, precedes her our facilitating of taking in him , the problematic term and the understandable speech monetary , and her hill is included end to worries what reached to him the letter from results.The chapter first address in (the class society ) and four topics came in, apparent reasons class in the Arabic society stand on, and her impact in course deviation the cash about the objectivity, produced her the color, and the lineage , and the profession , and the social standing.As for the chapter second losing cares in (the moral society Arabic and favored her on the cash so joining of four topics : The topic first : The flirtation in viewed the cash 'alaajtmaae'y , and the topic second : The satire in viewed the third cash social , and the topic : The truthfulness and the lie in social , viewed the cash and fourth : aaltksb in social viewed the cash, then the criteria were which dealt from during her with this directions self of importance big on tasting the critic and his wisdoms his arbitrator on the hairy purpose.The chapter came third entitled ( customs and traditions gathered ) then nature required studious his division to topics, first of them image aalmmdwH aalaanmwdhjyt heritable, as for second so social taking of image the woman between the reality waalaanmwdhj hairy.EStudies on the method depended in analytic integral who includes many from the methods aaltHlylt social blessing and my breath and cultural.Sources of the searching and his varied returns between old , towards book the songs , and the hair and hairy , and virility hairy , and indentical so around hairy waalmwshH and the chief and changes her , and modern which aatk'at on her in evidence directions of sight of some researchers and their monetary , opinions from her : Book date of the Arabic cash old for the doctor Taha Ahmed Ibrahim and hairy aalSe'aalyk in the era ignorant for the doctor Yousef xlyf , and book of the orders cultural for the doctor Abdullah aalGdhaamy and changes her from the books which reported from her in studies.Nevertheless the work raved the difficulties do not breach from; Because of accurate nature the research and the deep sight to social given of the direction across attempts his evidence and his consolidation in the monetary opinions.To is smooth Allah on us in who helper is for me on accomplishment the work raved, so the thanks all thanks for mn hand of the aid extended for me, special their professorial blessing in the male the professor the helpful doctor grim jxywr aalwaay'ly, losing was eye on the searching saahrt, refines, and revises, and arranges, corroded the searching in substance straighten up his, so his role idealizes in her the letter on all minutes, method, and scientific substance, his wonderful favor about effort in choice the term and the arrangement left.Sleeve relative to the male of grateful all 'al'astaadh Mohammed light of Yousef, losing was aid for me in what took him Allah cut the all welfare of the retribution meant.The seal fulfilled ... Works do not call in raved aalkmaal, so he llh unifies him, according to hit while Hrrarth in him that I potentialbleacher exerted, service for language Arabic and gathered and the scientific research, so indeed hit while hit, so your lowness by virtue of Allah, and indeed was second so sustained, and praise be to praise be to God of god of the scientists firstly and last.

اثر نجيب محفوظ في الرواية العراقية غائب طعمة فرمان انموذجا == Najib Mahfodh's effect on the Iraqi novel Ga'eb To'ma Farman as an example

Author name: زينـب باقـر جـواد
Supervisor name: هادي شعلان حمد البطحاوي
Specific topic: Language
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: The aim of this study is the effect of Najib Mahfodh on the Iraqi novel. The number of the novel was hundred s until the current time, but the mature novel start publishing Al - Nakhla and Al - Jiran in 1966 (The palm and the Neighbor). So, this study focused on Ga'eb To'ma Farman's novel as an example because Farman is the real pioneer for the mature novel artistically in Iraq and for he had pertained to the same age and studied in Cairo and a attended all Najib Mahfodh seminars and debates. so, it was inevitable that the great writer who won the Nobel prize in 1988 leaves an impression or mark profoundly in the Arabian writers including the Iraqis. This study consists of a prefect and three chapters and prefect, it deals with the Arabian novel and its birth and its affected features with the western writings. then, it deals with the Egyptian works that Najib Mahfodh brought out.It converses with his post among the writers and the critic's opinions about him. Finally, it argues with his most prominent writings with brief merits of his novels.The second part of preface charities the condition of the Arabian novel in Iraq and its beginning and the arts' effect in it. Then, it highlights the novel area which Farman brought out and his place among the Iraqi authors and the opinions of the critics about him. hastily, it deals with most significant novels and brief qualities of his novels.The first chapter critically and accurately peruses the effect of Najib Mahfodh in Farman's writing specifically in the structure of the visions and themes which. The second chapter talks about personalities building and keeping the repeated types between the both writers. Najib Mahfodh and Ga'eb To'ma Farman.The third chapter focused on the most artistically features which Najib Mahfodh came in to and its effects that have been observed with Ga'eb To'ma Farman.Eventually, it deals with the results and the conclusion and what this research deducts showing the clarification of Najib Mahfodh's effect with Ga'eb To'ma Farman's writing and then the sources and the referees.This study is a simple effort for the sake of literary criticism and analysis. It shows the Iraqi novel's circumstances and its artistically value. it also deals with the most prominent influences which promote it to be equal in value with the several novels in the Arab world

اليات التاويل عند ابن جني ت 392هـ في كتابه الفسر == Mechanisms of interpretation of Ibn Jinni (D. 392 E) in his book Al - Fasr

Author name: نجاح حسن كاظم
Supervisor name: سهى كناوي حسن
Specific topic: Language
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: The interpretation of the Arab heritage dates back to the early beginnings of the literature and studies in the first Hijri centuries. Its origin and its concepts were intertwined in the context of religious studies that dealt with the Quranic text in interpretation, in order to understand its verses and explain its rulings. However, in the third and fourth centuries of migration, interpretation began to take on a new dimension other than the literary one. In this period, the narratives and narratives of the poetry were active, and the narrator was exposed to these rich texts with meanings and commentary. And many of this phenomenon felt the great poets such as Abi Tammam and Mutanabbi and Abu Nawas and others, were the writings of these poets explained by more than one explanation, the difference occurs, and multiple meanings. Ibn Jinni is one of the most important of these commentators who took it upon themselves to delve into the meanings of al - Mutanabi's poetry. He is the first to collect al - Mutanabbi's poetry in his book al - Fasr and to treat his texts with commentary and commentary. The book included the works of al - Mutanabi poetry and Ibn Jinni's linguistic and literary possibilities. This explanation is distinguished from other explanations, which led us to choose a code for research, and the title (Mechanisms of interpretation of Ibn Jinni (d. 392 e) in his book Al - Fasr), highlighting light on the efforts of Ibn Jeni in his interpretation of the poetry of Mutanabi, and highlight the mechanisms that resorted to Creative text, Jane Gennie has used language and non - linguistic data to illustrate Linguistic and intellectual excellence of Lete. Perhaps the most important motivation behind the choice of the subject is to shed light on the deep intellectual heritage of our general scientists, and the son of the renaissance of the Arab world in particular, as well as linking the old to modernity; the fact that interpretation is renewed day after day, and the need for it constantly appears. Our scholars have beenBunaware of it ever since. The study began with a preface in which he shed light on the interpretation of the Arab and Western thought, and dealt with it in its linguistic meaning, and then the meaning of terminology in these two ideas. As for the chapters, it was in the statement of those mechanisms adopted by the shah in the research code. The first chapter was entitled (linguistic and grammatical mechanisms), which are in two sections, the first in the lexicon and the second in grammar. The second chapter was in (rhetorical mechanisms), which is on three topics : the first section in the metaphor and the second in metaphor and the third in the metaphor. The third chapter was entitled (Reference Mechanisms), where it was in three sections, the first of which was in the premises of the speech, the second in the parallel texts, and the third in the tribes of the author. After these chapters, the study was summarized in a summary summarizing the findings of the study, followed by a list of sources and references. This plan came as a result of a previous step. It preceded a thorough inventory of the mechanisms in the search code, and in the light of the inventory results, this plan, which led to the first chapter being two articles, unlike the other two chapters. The diversity of the titles of the chapters and the researches led to the need for the sources and references of the research to be varied in the stripes, in which the dictionaries, grammar books, books of rhetoric, and modern linguistic books, in order to enrich the research thoroughly. This aspect was one of the most difficult difficulties of study; the scarcity of some of these books, and the price of some of them. In conclusion, I can not but thank God and thank him for what extended to me from his grace and gifts, he is the guardian of success.

الدلالة الصرفية في خطاب الامام الحسن عليه السلام

Author name: حياة نايف صينخ
Supervisor name: شاكر سبع نتيش الاسدي
Specific topic: Language
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:

تحليل اسلوبي قائم على لسانيات المدونات اللغوية للخسارة المعجمية في ثلاث ترجمات انكليزية للقران باستخدام نوع الكلمة علامة الكلمة ومؤشر جايرود == A Corpus - Based Stylistic Analysis of Lexical Loss in Three English Quranic Translations Using Type/Token Ratio and Guiraud’s Index

Author name: عبد الحق عبد الكريم عبد الله السهلاني
Supervisor name: خالد شاكر حسين
General topic: Foreign Languages
Degree: Master
Language: English
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: With the aid of corpus linguistics and stylistics in respect to their meeting area corpus stylistics, the researcher measures the lexicons of the three English Quranic translations (those of Yusuf, Pickthall and Muhammad) which have shown different degrees of lexical loss in comparison with the original Arabic Quranic text. These degrees go hand in hand with the size of the linguistic repertoire each translator utilizes in his translation to such an extent that it sounds rather promising to regard lexical loss measure as a trustworthy stylistic marker. That is, each translator has his own distinctive rate of lexical loss that might be an idiosyncratic marker of his translational style.Though loss might not be limited only to one linguistic level (i.e., lexical level) at the expense of other levels, these translations have been characterized by various degrees in terms of the limits of the size of vocabulary each translation holds. However, three hypotheses have been included in this study. First, corpus stylistics is considered to be a reliable source in verifying the validity of controversial issues about lexical loss measurements. Second, the measures of Type/Token Ratio and Guiraud's index can quantify the size of lexical loss efficiently when any translator tries to translate Arabic into English. Thirdly, the lower the degree of lexical loss between the source text and the target text, the more accurate and reliable the translator.After an extensive verification of data reliability, both Arabic and English corpora are segmented into (123) samples. The whole Arabic corpus is distributed into (27) samples. As for the English corpus, it is totally tokenized into (96) samples : Yusufs translation is distributed into (34) samples, Pickthalls translation (31) and Muhammads translation (31). Each sample approximately holds around (5,000) tokens.XIIIAccordingly, the use of Farasa Tools, specifically segmentation module, helps in the morphological analysis of the Arabic corpus. It is so valuable to neutralize the morphological differences between Arabic (a synthetic language) and English (an analytical language). Hence, equalizing the two corpora can be done only by using Farasa tools, a matter that TTR (Type/Token Ratio) and GI (Guirauds Index) analyses can produce more reliable results than what can be produced without working on such tools. Besides, TTR analysis and GI analysis are verified quantitatively and qualitatively. The former is done by using the user - friendly software WordSmith Tools (4.0), specifically Wordlist tool. As for the latter, it is done by using Excel, specifically SQRT equation. To this end, the results taken from such programs are plotted graphically using Microsoft Excel Spreadsheets.The difference, as far as the lexical loss of the entire target texts is concerned, gives an actual indication of where lexical losses do occur among the three translations in comparison with their original Quranic text. Finally, an assessment of the most accurate and reliable English translation of the Glorious Quran can be attained depending on the difference between the size of the Arabic Quranic lexicon and those of the target texts. It is therefore found that : Yusuf's translation ranked in the first place due to the least degree of lexical loss it showed - this makes it relatively the most accurate and reliable translation to the Glorious Qur'an; Pickthall's centered in the second place in terms of lexical loss followed by Muhammad's, in the third place, which revealed the highest degree of lexical loss.

لغة الدساتير : دراسة لغوية قانونيه مقارنه للدستورين الامريكي والعراقي == The Language of Constitutions : A Forensic Contrastive Study of the American and Iraqi Constitutions

Author name: نور نزار جهاد
Supervisor name: محمد جاسم بطي السعيدي | عمار تركي عطيه
General topic: Foreign Languages
Degree: Master
Language: English
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: The constitution is a legal document with special legal status which sets out the framework and principal functions of organs of government within the state and declares the principles by which those organs operate. The study of the language of constitutions has been adopted just recently; It is considered one of the new areas.The present study investigates the language of the American and Iraqi constitutions.The study aims at : 1.Describing and analyzing the structure of language of constitution in English and Arabic respectively; (the American and Iraqi constitutions) .2. Describing and comparing the language of the American and Iraqi constitutions, in terms of their lexical, syntactic and pragmatic features.In order to achieve the aims of the study, It is hypothesized that there are no significant differences : 1. Between the formal features of the American and Iraqi constitutions.2. In sentence length in the language of the aforementioned constitutions.3. In sentence complexity in the language of the cited constitutions.4. Between the use of the active and passive constructions in the cited constitutions.5. Between the ways of expressing modality in the data.The American constitution, and the Iraqi constitution(2005) are chosen for verifying the hypotheses , and the American constitution is chosen respectively because it is a written one, unlike the BritishIVconstitution which is unwritten. To analyze the data, the study adopts an eclectic model which is based on Aziz's (1989) and Khalil's (1999) for Arabic on the syntactic level , Al - Hamash and Abdulla's (1976), and Quirk etal's (1985) for English data, Al caraz and Hughes' (2002) for both English and Arabic on the lexical level, and Searl's (1979) on the pragmatic level for both types of data.The study consists of five chapters focuses on constitutions and the language of constitutions, with analyses of both the American and Iraqi constitutions.The study concludes that : 1.The American and Iraqi constitutions share the same formal features : preamble, state powers(legislative, executive and judicial), civil liberties, and constitutional amendments.2.Sentence length and complexity represent one of the differences between the language of the American and Iraqi constitutions.3.The ways of expressing modality differ from English to Arabic.4.There are universal characteristic vocabularies of constitutional law

السمات اللغوية لكلام الشبكة العنكبوتية : الاختصارات, الرموز الاختصارية وعلامات التنقيط == Linguistic Features of Netspeak : Abbreviations, Acronyms and Punctuation Marks

Author name: مهند جاسم داخل الغزي
Supervisor name: كمال كاطع ناصر
General topic: Foreign Languages
Specific topic: English - Language
Degree: Master
Language: English
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: الدراسة الحالية هي دراسة لغوية وصفية لكلام الشبكة العنكبوتية. تركز هذه الدراسة على ثلاثة ملامح لغوية (الاختصارات, الرموز الاختصارية وعلامات التنقيط). الاختصارات والرموز الاختصارية عوملت شكليا كعمليات لتكوين الكلمات ودلاليا كمفردات باعطاء معانيها, بينما علامات التنقيط عوملت نحويا لانها تدخل ضمن ترتيب الجملة.تتكون هذه الدراسة من اربعة فصول وملاحق. الفصل الاول مقدمة تتضمن المشكلة, الاهداف, الفرضيات, الاجراءات, المحددات واهمية الدراسة. الفصل الثاني "مراجعة ادبية" ويتكون من اربعة مباحث. الفصل الثالث هو الفصل العملي ويتضمن جمع النماذج, صف النماذج, والتحليل. التحليل في هذا الفصل تم بتصنيف وتحليل ثلاث ملامح لغوية : الاختصارات, الرموز الاختصارية وعلامات التنقيط مع معانيها والامثلة. الفصل الرابع الاستنتاجات ويتضمن الاستنتاجات, والاقتراحات للدراسات المستقبلية. ولتجنب ترهل الاطروحه, طول الملاحق (200) صفحة, تم وضعه على قرص سي دي مع الاطروحه. ويمكن تلخيص الاستنتاجات الرئيسية بالنقاط التالية بينما بقية الاستنتاجات قد ذكرت في الفصل الرابع : 1 - تطور التكلنوجيا اثر على استخدام اللغة في كلام الشبكة العنكبوتية وقد انبثقت الكثير من الصفات اللغوية.2 - لدى المستخدمين لكلام الشبكة العنكبوتية "الدردشات الجماعية" ميل وابداع في استخدام الاختصارات والرموز الاختصارية القياسية وغير القياسية في تواصلهم لتسريع كتابة رسائلهم, وتوفير الوقت والجهد والطاقة, وكتعابير اقتصادية في تبادلهم للرسائل.3 - تعتبراختصارات كلام الشبكة العنكبوتية (الكنايات والتقليص) والرموز الاختصارية ابتكارات جديدة وغير مالوفة خارج كلام الشبكة العنكبوتية. تعتبر هذه الاختصارات والرموز الاختصارية الغير مالوفة سمة فريدة فقط في كلام الشبكة العنكبوتية ولا تستخدم في الكتابات والاماكن الرسمية الاخرى.4 - تعتبر علامات التنقيط قليلة واحيانا غائبة في معظم المحادثات المتزامنة لان المستخدمين للشبكة العنكبوتية يحاولون ان يكتبوا ما يقولون.5 - بعض المستخدمين يستخدمون مجموعة من علامات التنقيط او الوجوه المعبرة في نهاية محادثاتهم للتوكيد او كوجهة نظر لتعويض النقص في الاشارات اللغوية الموجودة في المحادثات وجهاﹰ لوجه. | The present study is a descriptive quantitative linguistic study of an informal online English in netspeak. It focuses on three linguistic features which are (abbreviations, acronyms and punctuation marks). Abbreviations and acronyms are dealt with morphologically as word - formation processes and semantically as vocabularies by giving their meanings, whereas punctuation marks are dealt with syntactically as appropriate to sentence order. This thesis consists of four chapters : the first chapter is an introduction that includes the problem, aims, hypotheses, procedures, limits and importance of the study. Chapter two is a literature review and consists of four sections. Chapter three is a practical one. The analysis in this chapter is carried out through categorizing and analyzing three linguistic features : abbreviations, acronyms together with their meanings and examples, and punctuation marks with examples. Chapter four includes conclusions and suggestions for further studies. To avoid the flabbiness of the thesis and the length of the appendices (200 pages), the thesis is accompanied with a CD holding the appendices. The main conclusions are summarized in the following points while other conclusions are mentioned in chapter four : 1 - The technological developement affects the language use in netspeak and many linguistic properties such as abbreviations, acronyms and punctuation marks have emerged. 2 - Participants in netspeak "chatgroups" have tendency and creativity to use standard and non - standard abbreviations and acronyms in their exchange to hurry their messages typing, save time, energy and effort, as economy expressions to flow the exchange of conversations. 3 - Netspeak abbreviations (rebuses and contractions) and acronyms are considered as new conventions because they are unfamiliar outside netspeak. They are considered as unique to netspeak only and are not used in offline writing or other formal situations.4 - Punctuation marks tend to be minimized and sometimes absent in most 'synchronous' conversations because participants try to write what they speak.5 - Some participants use a combination of punctuation marks or emoticons at the end of their conversations for emphasis and attitude or to compensate the lack of paralinguistic cues found in face - to - face conversations.

الحذف والتكرار في اللغتين الانكليزية والعربية : دراسة مقارنة == Ellipsis and Reiteration in English and Arabic : A Contrastive Study

Author name: منتظر حسين حميد الفرطوسي
Supervisor name: محمد جاسم السعيدي
General topic: Foreign Languages
Degree: Master
Language: English
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: تعد هذه الدراسة دراسة وصفيه مقارنه نحاول من خلالها ان نعطي شرحا كاملا ومفصلا للحذف والتكرار في اللغتين الانكليزية والعربية لكي نتوصل الى التشابهات والاختلافات بينهم. وتهدف هذه الرساله الى مايلي : 1. وصف الحذف والتكرار في اللغتين الانكليزية والعربية.2. مقارنه ومقابله الحذف والتكرار في اللغتين الانكليزية والعربية من خلال تعاريفهم وتوضيح انواعهم ووظائفهم.3. بيان التشابه والاختلاف بين اللغتين الانكليزية والعربية في ما يخص الحذف والتكرار.وافترضت الدراسة ما يلي : 1.ان الحذف والتكرار هما ظاهرتان لغويتان موجودتان في اللغتين الانكليزية والعربية.2. يتواجد الحذف والتكرار في القواعد والنص في اللغة الانكليزية بينما يتواجدان في النص فقط في اللغة العربية .3. تكون انواع الحذف في اللغة الانكليزية مختلفة عن انواع الحذف في اللغة العربية.4. هناك تشابهات واختلافات في ما يخص الحذف والتكرار بين اللغتين الانكليزية والعربية لكن الاختلافات تكون اكثر من التشابهات. تتالف هذه الدراسة من خمسه فصول وملحق حيث ان الفصل الاول هو مقدمه لهذه الدراسة ويتضمن المشكلة والاهداف والفرضيات بالاضافة الى حدود الدراسة واهميتها. ويعطي الفصل الثاني شرحا كاملا ومفصلا للحذف في اللغتين. اما الفصل الثالث يتكلم عن التكرار في اللغتين الانكليزية والعربية . الفصل الرابع يقدم مقارنة بين الحذف والتكرار في اللغتين الانكليزية والعربية بينما يقدم الفصل الخامس الاستنتاجات من ناحية التشابهات والاختلافات والتوصيات والمقترحات للبحوث المستقبلية.وتوصلت هذه الدراسة الى استنتاجات عامة اهمها : ۱ - ان النحاة الانكليز يتعاملوا مع الحذف والتكرار كظواهر نحوية ووسائل لربط النص بينما يتعامل معهما العرب بصورة سطحية.۲ - توجد في اللغة الانكليزية ثلاثة انواع للحذف بينما يوجد خمسة انواع للحذف في اللغة العربية.۳ - التكرار في اللغة العربية يستخدم بصورة اوسع من استخدامه في اللغة الانكليزية. | The present study is a descriptive contrastive one because it tries to give a full explanation of ellipsis and reiteration in English and Arabic to arrive at the similarities and differences between them. The study aims at : 1. Describing ellipsis and reiteration in English and Arabic respectively.2. Comparing and contrasting ellipsis and reiteration in English and Arabic by defining them, showing their nature, mentioning and illustrating their types and functions. 3. Showing to what extent the two languages are similar or different from each other in terms of ellipsis and reiteration. To achieve the aims of the study, it is hypothesized that : 1. Ellipsis and reiteration as phenomena are found in both languages.2. In English they exist in grammar and text while in Arabic, they exist only in text. 3. The types of ellipsis in English are different from those of Arabic.4. There are similarities and differences between the two languages in terms of ellipsis and reioteration, but the area of differences is wider than that of similarities. The present study describes ellipsis and reiteration in English and Arabic depending on a syntactic model that is taken from all the references cited in the present study. The present study consists of five chapters and one appendix. Chapter One is an introduction that involves the problem, aims, hypotheses, procedure, limits and significance of the study. Chapter Two is about ellipsis in English and Arabic and includes definition, nature of ellipsis, cohesive ellipsis, types incohesive ellipsis and its types. Similarly, Chapter Three discuses reiteration in English and Arabic. Chapter Four discuses ellipsis and reiteration in English and Arabic. Chapter Five is a comparison between ellipsis and reiteration in English and Arabic and it arrives at some conclusions, recommendations, and suggestions for further studies.The general conclusions reached in this study are : 1. English grammarians deal with ellipsis and reiteration as grammatical topics and as cohesive devices while Arabic grammarians deal with them superficially.2. English has three types of ellipsis : nominal, verbal and clausal ellipsis while Arabic has five types : nominal, verbal, clausal, ellipsis of the letter, and ellipsis of the case vowel.3. Reiteration in Arabic is more widely used than in English (Kăroly, 2007 : 78).4. The reasons behind using ellipsis in Arabic are more than those in English

التلازم اللفظي في اللغتين الانكليزية والعربية : دراسة مقارنة == Collocation in English and Arabic : A Contrastive Study

Author name: حنان عبد الحسن كاظم
Supervisor name: زينب كاظم عكاب الشيخ
General topic: Foreign Languages
Degree: Master
Language: English
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: تعد هذه الدراسة دراسة وصفية ومقارنة وتحليلية لانها تهدف لوصف التلازم اللفظي من اجل ايجاد التشابه والاختلاف الموجود في اللغتين الانكليزية والعربية فهي تصف التلازم اللفظي على انه ظاهرة لغوية تحمل جدلا في علم اللسانيات لعدة اسباب واولها ان التلازم اللفظي يمكن ان يدرس من وجهات نظر متعددة وهنالك اكثر من اسلوب لدراسة الظاهرة وثانيا, يمكن ان يوجد التلازم اللفظي بحقول مختلفة في علم اللغة لذا فالباحث اقتصر الدراسة على خصائص التلازم اللفظي في اللغتين الانكليزية والعربية وثالثا ليس من السهل الفصل بين التلازم اللفظي والتعبيرات الثابتة الاخرى. لقد ركزت الدراسة بصورة رئيسية على الخصائص اللغوية للتلازم في اللغتين.تهدف الدراسة الى وصف التلازم اللفظي في الانكليزية والعربية على التوالي ومقارنة التلازم اللفظي بين العربية والانكليزية من خلال توضيح الصفات اللغوية كالصفات النحوية والدلالية والتداولية والنصية وكذلك توضيح التشابه والاختلاف بين اللغة الانكليزية والعربية فيما يخص التلازم او التلازم اللفظي.افترضت الدراسة ان التلازم اللفظي ظاهرة لغوية موجودة في اللغتين الانكليزية والعربية ولقد تمت دراسة التلازم اللفظي نحويا ودلاليا وتداوليا ونصيا في اللغتين كما ان كلا اللغتين درستا التلازم اللفظي بشكل مختلف عن الاخر وكذلك فصلت اللغتين التلازم اللفظي عن التعبيرات الثابتة الاخرى. تتضمن الدراسة خمسة فصول وملحق واحد. يمثل الفصل الاول المقدمة التي تحتوي على مشكلة البحث واهدافه والفرضيات وخطوات العمل ومجال الدراسة. اما الفصل الثاني والثالث فانهما يتعاملان مع التلازم اللفظي في اللغة الانكليزية والعربية بالترتيب. الفصل الرابع يتضمن مقارنة التلازم اللفظي بين اللغتين والفصل الخامس يتضمن بعض النتائج والتوصيات وافتراضات لدراسات اخرى. استنتجت الدراسة بان التلازم اللفظي هو ظاهرة لغوية موجودة في اللغتين الانكليزية والعربية وتمت دراسته من كافة المستويات اللغوية. قسم النحاة في اللغة الانكليزية التلازم اللفظي نحويا الى التلازم النحوي واللفظي فقط بينما قسمه النحاة العرب نحويا الى تقسيمات متشعبة. | The study is a descriptive, contrastive and analytic one because it describes collocation for the purpose of finding out the similarities and differences between English and Arabic. It describes collocation as a linguistic phenomenon that has a controversial issue in linguistics for more than one reason. Firstly, collocation can be studied from different viewpoints because there is more than one way or approach to it. Secondly, collocation can be found in different fields of linguistics, so the researcher has to limit the study to the basic linguistic aspects of collocation which are syntactic, semantic, pragmatic and textual. Thirdly, it is not easy to make a distinction between collocation and other types of fixed expressions. The study aims at describing collocation in English; describing collocation in Arabic; contrasting and comparing between English and Arabic in terms of collocation through showing the linguistic aspects of collocation which are syntactic, semantic, pragmatic and textual. It also aims at explaining the similarities and differences of collocation between English and Arabic. The study hypothesizes that collocation is a linguistic phenomenon that exists in English and Arabic and the two languages study collocation from all its linguistic aspects which are syntactic, semantic, pragmatic and textual. The two languages are different in the way of describing collocation linguistically and both distinguish between collocation and other types of fixed expressions. This study includes five chapters and an appendix. Chapter one is an introduction that consists of the problem, aims, hypotheses, procedures, limits and significance of the study. The second and third chapters deal with collocation in English and Arabic respectively. Chapter four is a comparison of collocation between English and Arabic and chapter five includes the main conclusions, recommendations and suggestions for further studies. This study concludes that collocation exists in English and Arabic as a linguistic phenomenon and the two languages study the term from all its linguistic aspects. However, the way to describe collocation linguistically is different to some extent from one language into another. It also proves that English grammarians divide collocation only into lexical and grammatical while Arabic grammarians divide collocation syntactically into complex types.

النبر في اللغتين الانكليزية والعربية : دراسة مقارنة == Stress in English and Arabic : A Contrastive Study

Author name: وركاء عواد عليوي
Supervisor name: محمد جاسم بطي السعيدي
General topic: Foreign Languages
Degree: Master
Language: English
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: تتناول هذه الدراسة النبر في اللغة الانكليزية والعربية وتعد دراسة مقارنة. النبر هو درجة القوة المستخدمة في نطق مقطع. بشكل منفصل، تحمل كل الكلمات النبر. بينما في داخل الجمل, الكلمات الاكثر اهمية هي التي تحمل النبر والكلمات الاخرى اما ان تحمل نبرا ثانويا او لا تحمل اي نبر.تتضمن اهداف هذه الدراسة : اولا، وصف النبر في اللغتين الانكليزية والعربية، ثانيا، مقارنة النبر في اللغتين الانكليزية والعربية وذلك بتعريف النبر وبيان درجاته، انواعه، ووظائفه في كل لغة وثالثا، بيان مدى التشابه والاختلاف بين اللغتين فيما يتعلق بالنبر.تفترض هذه الدراسة انه ليس هناك اختلاف بين النبر في اللغتين الانكليزية والعربية من حيث تعريفه وصيغه ودرجاته وانواعه ووظيفته.تتضمن هذه الدراسة اربع فصول. يمثل الفصل الاول المقدمة التي تحتوي على مشكلة الدراسة والاهداف والفرضيات وخطوات العمل ومجال الدراسة وتعريف لبعض المصطلحات المرتبطة بالموضوع. يتناول الفصلان الثاني والثالث النبر في اللغتين الانكليزية والعربية على التوالي. بينما يتضمن الفصل الرابع مقارنة بين النبر في اللغتين وفيه توصل الى بعض النتائج والتوصيات واقتراحات للمزيد من الدراسة.في نهاية هذه الدراسة تم التوصل الى بعض النتائج منها : 1 - يرتبط النبر بالجهد الفيزيائي ( قوة الانتاج) ويستقبل كظاهرة ادراكية ( سمعية).2 - يوجد النبر في اللغتين الانكليزية والعربية. كما ان صيغ النبر في الانكليزية اكثر من صيغ النبر في العربية.3 - تتشابه انواع النبر في اللغتين الانكليزية والعربية وهي : نبر الكلمة ونبر العبارة ونبر الجملة.4 - يكون النبر في اللغة العربية متوقعا لانه يتبع قواعد معينة. بينما يكون النبر غير متوقع في اللغة الانكليزية. لا يعطي النبر معنى جديدا في كلتا اللغتين وهناك استثناءات لهذه القواعد العامة في اللغتين الانكليزية والعربية.5 - يرتبط النبر بالمقاطع القوية في كلتا اللغتين وليس بالمقاطع الضعيفة.6 - ان الدرجتين الرئيسية والثانوية هي الدرجات الاكثر شيوعا للنبر في كلتا اللغتين.7 - يعتمد موضع النبر في اللغتين الانكليزية والعربية على التراكيب الصوتية والصرفية.8 - يكون التركيب النحوي للكلمات مهما في تحديد موضع النبر في اللغة الانكليزية بينما لا يؤخذ التركيب النحوي بنظر الاعتبار في اللغة العربية.9 - ان التوكيد هو الوظيفة الاساسية للنبر في كلتا اللغتين | This study discusses English and Arabic stress and conducts a contrastive study. Stress is the degree of force used in producing a syllable. In isolation, all words carry stress whereas in sentences, the most important words carry stress and other words carry either secondary stress or no stress. The aims of the study include : describing stress in English and Arabic; comparing and contrasting stress in English and Arabic by defining it, showing its degrees, types, and functions in each language; and showing to what extent both languages are similar or different from each other insofar as stress is concerned. This study hypothesizes that there is no difference between stress in English and Arabic in definition, degrees, types and functions. The study consists of four chapters. Chapter one is an introduction which contains the problem, aims, hypotheses, procedures, limits, value of the study and related terms. Chapters two and three deal with stress in English and Arabic respectively. Chapter four provides comparisons, conclusions, recommendations, and suggestions for further research. At the end of this study, some conclusions (including similarities and differences) are arrived at, among which are the following : 1. Stress is associated with physical effort (force of production) and received as a perceptual phenomenon (loudness or prominence). 2. Stress as a phenomenon exists in English and Arabic. The forms of stress in English are more than the forms of stress in Arabic.3. Types of stress are similar in both languages. They are : word stress, phrase stress, and sentence stress.

الالصاق في اللغتين الانكليزية والعربية : دراسة مقارنة == Affixation in English and Arabic : A Contrastive Study

Author name: اسراء علي كريم العايدي
Supervisor name: زينب كاظم عكاب الشيخ
General topic: Foreign Languages
Degree: Master
Language: English
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:

تحليل قائم على اللغويات الحاسوبية لاستخدام الكلمات الوظيفية في اسناد التاليف العدلي للغة الانكليزية == A Corpus - Based Analysis of Using Function Words in English Forensic Authorship Attribution

Author name: ايمان عبد الكريم عبد المحسن
Supervisor name: خالد شاكر حسين
General topic: Foreign Languages
Degree: Master
Language: English
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: لقد كان للتطور الحاصل في علم اللغة الحاسوبي والعلوم الحسابية الاثر الواضح على ظهور وتطور الدراسات اللغوية وتطبيقاتها المعتمدة على المدونات والنصوص اللغوية المتوفرة بصيغتها الالكترونية الحاسوبية . لم يشمل هذا التاثير الحاصل الدراسات اللغوية الصرفة فقط والتي تعني بدارسة اللغة بحد ذاتها بل تعداها الى ان يتضمن الدراسات اللغوية التي تعالج مجمل القضايا ذات الصلة بحياة الافراد والمجتمع بصورة عامة. واحدة من تلك القضايا التي شملها التاثير هي الدراسات المعنية باسناد التاليف العدلي للنصوص المجهولة المصدر او المختلف في اسنادها لمصدر معين. هذه الدراسات هدفها تشخيص وتحديد المؤلف الاقرب (من بين مجموعة من المؤلفين) لنص ما مجهول او مختلف في اسناده. ولتحقيق هذا النوع من التشخيص , صممت مجموعة واسعة من الطرق والوسائل واختبرت على عينات مختلفة لتحديد مدى فاعليتها في التشخيص الدقيق. بالرغم من عدم وجود اجماع مطلق في ادبيات الموضوع حول الطريقة الامثل والافضل, الا ان جميع هذه الطرق والدراسات تستند على فرضية وجود " بصمة او طابع لغوي" لكل شخص والذي يتم تعينه وتشخيصه من خلال دراسة وقياس المظاهر والاختيارات اللغوية التي يعتمدها الفرد عند استخدامه اللغة والتي تشكل في مجملها اسلوبه اللغوي.اتخذت الدراسة الحالية طابعا تجريبيا وهي تهدف الى فحص وتقييم مدى نجاح الطريقة المعنية في التعاطي مع نوع معين من البيانات يشتمل على عينات من مقالات صحفية سياسية.تعد العينة الحاسوبية المجموعة عينة ذات غرض محدد ومحصورة بدقة من ناحية الجنس الادبي, واللهجة الخاصة وتاريخ النشر. وتشتمل على احدى عشرة عينة ماخوذة من احدى عشرة مقالة وبطول يتراوح بين (1,101) و(1,113) كلمة . ثلاث من هذه العينات اخذت كنصوص مجهولة المصدر(افتراضيا) اما الثمان الاخريات فاعتبرت كنصوص معروفة المصدر والتي تستخدم كاساس للمقارنة مع الثلاث المذكورات انفا لايجاد العناصر المشتركة والمختلفة. ان العينات المختارة خضعت الى التحليل الاسلوبي اللغوي والحاسوبي والحسابي. اعتمد التحليل الاسلوبي اللغوي بنوعيه النوعي والكمي على الكلمات الوظيفية. ففي التحليل النوعي تركز الاهتمام حول تحديد الصفة الاكثر تميزا في النصوص المجهولة المصدر بعد مقارنتها مع النصوص المعروفة المصدر اما في التحليل الكمي فقد تم الاعتماد بادئ الامر على برنامج (Wordsmith Tool) لفرز وتعيين الكلمات الثلاثون الاكثر تكرارا في مجمل العينة الحاسوبية. شكل بعد ذلك جدول ,باستخدام برنامج (Excel) , يتضمن بيان عدد كل من هذه الكلمات في كل عينة من العينات الاحدى عشر. بعد نقل هذا الجدول الى برنامج (SPSS) تم اجراء نوعين من التحليلات الحسابية وهي التحليل العاملي والتحليل التجمعي او الترتيبي . كلا التحليلين الحسابيين يتميزان بقدرتهما على التجميع او التفريق بين النصوص على اساس التشابهات والاختلافات الموجودة في هذه العينات. ان النتائج التي توصل اليها البحث والتي ظهرت على شكل عناصر رقمية في التحليل النوعي واشكال صورية في التحليل الكمي اعطت دليلا عمليا يبدو الى حد ما مقنعا لمدى فاعلية هذه الطريقة في التمييز بين العينات العائدة لمؤلفين مختلفين ونسب العينات الغير معروفة (افتراضا) الى مؤلفيها الفعليين. | The advancement in computational linguistics and statistics has made an explicit impact on the emergence of corpus linguistics and the sophistication of its applications and studies involving not only pure linguistic issues but also areas related to real - life problems. One of these areas is authorship attribution. Authorship attribution is a domain of study concerned with identifying the most likely author of a particular anonymous or disputed document from a set of suspected authors. To this end, several methodologies, techniques, and approaches have been devised and so often assessed on various sets of data to make sure of their effectiveness. Although the literature shows no consensus as to which methodology is the best among others, there is an overwhelming fact that all authorship attribution studies are grounded on the assumption that each author has a particular "linguistic fingerprint" which can be captured through detecting and measuring the linguistic clues hidden in their authorial styles. Taking an experimental framework, this study is an attempt to gauge the discriminating and clustering power of the selected methodology against a particular type of data covering samples of political journal articles. The corpus compiled is a special purpose one strictly controlled for genre, register, and date of publication. It comprises eleven samples extracted from eleven articles with their lengths ranging between (1,101) to (1,113) words; three of them are taken as test (hypothetically questioned) samples and the rest as training samples. The corpus represents the journalistic writings of four authors. The corpus compiled is scrutinized and analysed stylistically, computationally, and statistically. The linguistic stylistic analysis is conducted qualitatively and quantitatively taking into account one type of style markers, namely function words. In the qualitative analysis, the marked feature is identified after a close investigation of both test and training samples. In the quantitative analysis, a set of the most frequent thirty function words detected computationally via Wordsmith Tools (Wordlist tool) in the master corpus is selected to build a matrix. The matrix built in an Excel Spreadsheet represents the frequencies of the identified function words in each sample. Such matrix, after transmitted into SPSS program, is handled statistically utilizing two techniques (principal component analysis and cluster analysis). These two statistical techniques have the potential to group and distinguish between samples based on similarities and differences found among them. The results obtained provide a rather convincing evidence of the effectiveness of such methodology in distinguishing between samples of different authors and attributing the (held out) questioned samples to their respective authors. These results are displayed as numerical values in qualitative analysis and graphically in quantitative analysis

دراسة جدلية - تداولية للمؤشرات الجدلية في مناظرات الحملة الانتخابية الامريكية == A Pragma - Dialectical Study of the Argumentative Indicators in American Electoral Campaign Debates

Author name: امال عودة غضاب
Supervisor name: محمد جاسم بطي السعيدي
General topic: Foreign Languages
Degree: Master
Language: English
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: تعنى هذه الدراسة بدراسة جدلية - تداولية للمؤشرات الجدلية في مناظرات الحملة الانتخابية الامريكية. وبقدر معرفة الباحث فان هذا الموضوع لم يتلق اهتماما كافيا من الباحثين. تهدف الدراسة الى ما يلي : (1) اكتشاف مؤشرات ترامب الجدلية ووظائفها في مناظرات حملته الانتخابية (2) اكتشاف مؤشرات كلينتون الجدلية ووظائفها في مناظرات حملتها الانتخابية (3) معرفة اوجه التشابه والاختلاف بين ترامب وكلينتون في استخدام المؤشرات الجدلية ووظائفها. تفترض الدراسة انه لا توجد فروق ذات دلالة احصائية بين ترامب وكلينتون فيما يخص : 1 - استخدام مؤشرات مرحلة المواجهة فيما يتعلق بما يلي : (ا) مؤشرات موقف الاقتراح (ب) مؤشرات تعديل القوة (ج) مؤشرات الشك.2. استخدام مؤشرات مرحلة الجدال من : (ا) تبعية (ب) منسقة (ج) تراكمية (د) حجج متعددة.3. العدد الاجمالي لمؤشرات المراحل : (ا) المواجهة (ب) الافتتاحية (ج) الجدال (د) الختامية.4. استخدام وظائف المؤشرات الجدلية لمرحلة المواجهة فيما يتعلق بما يلي : (ا) تقديم وجهة النظر (ب) التعبير عن الراي (ج) اظهار الشك في راي المجادل الاخر. 5. وظائف مؤشرات المرحلة الافتتاحية على النحو التالي : (ا) تحدي الدفاع عن وجهة النظر (ب) الاتفاق على عبء الاثبات الاحادي الجانب من البرهان (ج) الحرمان من عبء الاثبات الاحادي الجانب من البرهان ( د) الاتفاق مع اقتراح المجادل الاخر.6. استخدام وظائف مؤشرات مرحلة الجدال على النحو التالي : (ا) تقديم سببين متسلسلين لدعم وجهة نظر (تبعية) (ب) الجمع بين حجتين لتكوين راي (منسق) (ج) تزويد المجادل بالمزيد من سببين هما اقل اهمية او اكثر اهمية (تراكمي) (د) استخدام اسباب منفصلة لدعم الراي (متعددة).7. وظائف مؤشرات المرحلة الختامية وهي : (ا) عرض نتيجة المناقشة (ب) الاحتفاظ بالراي حتى نهاية المناقشة.8. اجمالي عدد وظائف مؤشرات المراحل : (ا) المواجهة (ب) الافتتاحية (ج) الجدال (د) الختامية. يشمل اجراء الدراسة ما يلي : (1) مراجعة الادبيات حول الدراسة الجدلية - التداولية بشكل عام واستخدامها في مناظرات الحملة الانتخابية الامريكية على وجه الخصوص (2) جمع ووصف البيانات (3) اختيار نموذج التحليل (4) تحديد المؤشرات الجدلية ووظائفها الموجودة في مناظرات ترامب وكلينتون (5) بيان اوجه التشابه والاختلاف بين ترامب وكلينتون من حيث استخدام المؤشرات الجدلية ووظائفها باستخدام النسب المئوية ومربع كاي للتحليل البيانات كميا. قسمت هذه الدراسة الى خمسة فصول وملحقين. يعرض الفصل الاول مشكلة البحث واهدافه وفرضياته والاجراء والحدود واهمية الدراسة والطريقة الاحصائية للتحليل ويعرض الفصل الثاني الادبيات حول الدراسة الجدلية - التداولية والخطاب السياسي بشكل عام ومناظرات الحملة الانتخابية الامريكية. وقد خصص الفصل الثالث لنموذج التحليل بينما يقدم الفصل الرابع جمع البيانات ووصفها وتحليلها ومناقشتها. ويقدم الفصل الخامس بعض الاستنتاجات المتعلقة باختبار صحة الفرضيات ويظهر اوجه التشابه والاختلاف بين ترامب وكلينتون ويشمل ايضا توصيات واقتراحات لمزيد من الدراسات. ومن الاستنتاجات التي تم التوصل اليها هي : - 1. يستخدم كل من ترامب وكلينتون مؤشرات مرحلة المواجهة.2. تستخدم كلينتون مؤشرات الجدال التتابعية والتراكمية اكثر مما يفعل ترامب. وكلاهما يستخدمان مؤشرات الجدال التناسقي. ويستخدم ترامب مؤشرات الجدال المتعدد اكثر مما تفعله كلينتون.3. تستخدم كلينتون مؤشرات المرحلة الختامية اكثر من ترامب.4. يستخدم كل من ترامب وكلينتون مؤشرات مرحلة المواجهة.5. تستخدم كلينتون وظيفة مؤشرات المرحلة الافتتاحية وهي "الاتفاق مع اقتراح المرشح الاخر" ووظيفة مؤشرات الحجة التراكمية ووظائف مؤشرات المرحلة الختامية واجمالي عدد وظائف مؤشرات المرحلة الختامية اكثر من ترامب | This study is concerned with a pragma - dialectical study of the argumentative indicators as used in American electoral campaign debates. The topic in question has not received sufficient attention by researchers. Hence, the study aims at the following : (1) investigating Trump's argumentative indicators and their functions in his electoral campaign debates, (2) investigating Clinton's argumentative indicators and their functions in her debates, (3) finding out the similarities and differences between Trump and Clinton in the use of argumentative indicators and their functions. The study hypothesizes that there are no significant differences between Trump and Clinton in : 1. The use of confrontation stage indicators regarding : (a) propositional attitude indicators, (b) force modifying indicators, and (c) dispute indicators. 2. The use of argumentation stage indicators of : (a) subordinative, (b) coordinative, (c) cumulative, and (d) multiple argumentations. 3. The total number of the indicators of : (a) confrontation, (b) opening, (c) argumentation, and (d) concluding stages. 4. The use of the functions of argumentative indicators of confrontation stage concerning : (a) present a standpoint, (b) express an opinion, and (c) show a suspicion of the other arguer's opinion. 5. The functions of opening stage indicators as : (a) a challenge to defend a standpoint, (b) an agreement of a one - sided burden of proof, (c) a denial of a one - sided burden of proof, and (d) an agreement with the other arguer's proposition. 6. The use of the functions of argumentation stage indicators as : (a) presenting two serial reasons to support a standpoint (subordinative), (b) combining two arguments to develop an opinion (coordinative), (c) providing the arguer with more than two reasons which are of less or great importance (cumulative), and (d) using separate reasons to support an opinion (multiple). 7. The functions of concluding stage indicators which are : (a) presenting the result of discussion, and (b) maintaining an opinion till the end of discussion. 8. The total number of functions of the indicators of : (a) confrontation, (b) opening, (c) argumentation, and (d) concluding stages. This study is divided into five chapters. Chapter One presents the problem, aims, hypotheses, procedure, limits, significance of the study, and the statistical method of analysis. Chapter Two views the literature review about pragma - dialectics, political discourse in general, and American electoral campaign debates as the genre of the study. Chapter Three is devoted to the model of analysis. Chapter Four introduces data collection, description, analysis, and discussion. Chapter Five sums up conclusions related to testing the validity of the hypotheses and shows the similarities and differences between Trump and Clinton. It also includes recommendations and suggestions for further studies

دراسة اسلوبية للسخرية في مسرحيتي هاملت لشكسبير وفولبوني بين جونسون == A Stylistic Study of Irony in Shakespeare's Hamlet and Ben Jonson's Volpone

Author name: سعد عبد الله مرداس
Supervisor name: محمد جاسم بطي السعيدي | عماد ابراهيم داود
General topic: Foreign Languages
Degree: Master
Language: English
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: Irony means a difference between what is said and what is meant. It is not a simple phenomenon. The common definition of irony is saying what is contrary to what is meant. The disparity is between the apparent meaning of words that are written or spoken and a far different meaning under the surface. In this case, the words of the speaker are not literally interpreted.The present study is concerned with reviewing irony within a suitable theoretical background in Shakespeare's Hamlet and Ben Jonson's Volpone. This study is also concerned with detecting, analyzing and discussing verbal irony, pun and sarcasm in Hamlet and Volpone. It compares the results of analysis and discussion of those types in the two plays. It tries to testify the hypotheses postulated in the study to arrive at some similarities and differences between Hamlet and Volpone through applying the adopted model. The model, which shows the linguistic tools which are used in analyzing the three types of irony, verbal, pun, and sarcasm includes Grice's maxims, politeness principle, echo utterance, pun and sarcasm.It is hypothesized through this study that verbal ironic speeches flout Grice's maxims in Shakespeare's Hamlet and Ben Jonson's Volpone, that pun is more effective and frequently used than the other types of irony in the aforementioned plays, that all the politeness maxims are exploited in the selected plays and that the two dramatists are different in their purposes behind using irony in the selected plays.The study falls into five chapters. It concludes that the number of irony in Hamlet is more than Volpone, although the former play is a tragic one while the latter is comedy. It is also concluded that Shakespeare uses the types of irony which are used by educated people, while Jonson uses the types which are used by uneducated people. Most of verbal ironic speeches in Hamlet are produced by flouting the maxims of quality and manner while, in Volpone, they are produced by flouting the maxim of quality. The less use of sarcasm in Hamlet indicates the bigger number of high class characters compared to Volpone. Concerning Leech's maxims, Shakespeare and Ben Jonson exploit the maxim of agreement only.

اختبار مبادئ الحوار من خلال اختبارات موجهة نحو هدف معين بواسطة متعلمين عراقيين متقدمين : دراسة دلالية اجتماعية == Testing Dialogue Principles in Task - Oriented Dialogues by Advanced Iraqi EFL Learners : A Socio - Pragmatic Study

Author name: جعفر حاجم مالح البدري
Supervisor name: رعد شاكر عبد الحسن النواس
General topic: Foreign Languages
Degree: Master
Language: English
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: Sociolinguists and applied linguists regard the collective performance of language by speech communities as the proper object of study ( Trask , 2007 : 130 ) , so language is a social phenomenon used to satisfy communicative needs . Accordingly , the present study seeks to find the conditions and the principles of a real dialogue and to measure different levels of effort while engaging in dialogues and their development over time . Generally , natural language is an object - oriented language . Hence , there is a kernel of object orientation in all natural languages under the linguistic specifications of expression manner of each natural language . As a result , the object - oriented technique is a mode of any common natural language . This study is concerned with how speakers behave while engaging in a task - oriented dialogue . Speakers have a multitude of decisions to make when producing an utterance . It discusses the hypotheses of Grices ( 1975 ) Cooperative Principle depending on the work of Davies ( 1997 ) . The aims is to compete the explanatory power of Grices Cooperative Principle when it is applied to natural human language data collected by involving advanced Iraqi EFL learners in task - oriented dialogues . Grices Cooperative Principle ( 1975 ) is a real abstract concept that can be tested in different ways . The study converts the mentioned principle into three representative hypotheses about the type of behaviour that they would suppose in dialogue . Then , the effort involved by the participants is coded according to a certain coding system of dialogue behaviour . Accordingly , the three hypotheses could tested on suitably sized dataset . Then , the predictions of the hypotheses on the information generated by the coding system are statistically tested . The data chosen for this study has been drawn from the HCRC Map Task Corpus ( Anderson et al. 1991a ) . A strong support was found for the hypotheses of Gricean Cooperative Principle . The researcher found out that there is evidence that : 1 - dialogue strategies change over time ,2 - there is a decrease of effort over time , and3 - task success improves over time , In this study , there is a focus on the level of the ' move ' . Speakers have their own decisions of the type of the move they employ . There is a categorization of such move - types according to their general and specific type . This labelling system is called by Davies ( 1997 ) the " Typology of Move Attributes " which is described later , see Davies ( 1997 )This study is divided into FIVE chapters : Chapter one is devoted for stating the problem of the study and its significance . Then , there is a presentation of the aims , the hypotheses , the values , the limits of the study and the procedures of the empirical study . Chapter two reviews communicative competence and several approaches to dialogue . Then , it introduces the concept of cooperation as a structuring principle . Finally , it presents the model of study according to which , the researcher operationalizes his hypotheses . Chapter three is concerned with the methodology according to which the study is empiricalized . Chapter four is an empirical study which presents its empirical tools and adopted systems , especially , the coding system and the Typology of Move Attribute . Chapter five presents the conclusions , recommendations and suggestions for further research .

تحليل اسلوبي قائم على اللغويات الحاسوبية لمنحنى الثراء المعجمي في ستة روايات انكليزية من تيار الوعي == A Corpus - based Stylistic Analysis of Lexical Richness Curve in Six English Novels of Stream of Consciousness

Author name: علي حسين عبد الامير
Supervisor name: خالد شاكر حسين
General topic: Foreign Languages
Degree: Master
Language: English
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: ازداد الاهتمام بتحليل النصوص الادبية والبحوث المعتمدة على استخدام الحاسوب في السنوات الاخيرة وجزا من هذا الاهتمام حصل في حقل تحليل اللغويات الحاسوبية . تستخدم الدراسة الحالية برنامج (وورد سمث 7.0) في تحليل اللغويات الحاسوبية وتعتبر هذه النسخة من احدث اصدارات البرنامج . ويسهل هذا البرنامج عمليه جمع الكلمات المستخدمة في النصوص الادبية ويقوم بتصنيفها حسب النوع والكلمة. وتعتمد الرسالة بشكل اساسي على اداة( قائمة الكلمات) والتي تستخدم في تحليل ست روايات لثلاث من الكتاب المشاهير وهم : جيمس جويس وفرجينا وولف ووليام فولكنر . وقام الباحث بتكوين عينه خاصة والتي تتالف من مجموعه عينات عشوائية اختيرت من ست روايات وهي : الامواج والى المنارة لفيرجينا وولف وضوء في اغسطس والصخب والعنف لوليام فولكنر وعوليس وصورة الفنان في شبابه لجيمس جويس . اختيرت خمسه عشر عينه من كل رواية مع (1000) كلمه فارقه بين عينه واخرى وكان مجموع العينات المستخدمة في الدراسة هو (90 ) عينه بواقع (720,000) كلمة . تم تحليل هذه العينات احصائيا للكشف عن ثرائها المعجمي من خلال تقسيم عدد الانواع على مجموع الكلمات . وقد مثلت هذه العملية بالرسوم التوضيحية وساهم هذا في تكوين تحليل دقيق للثراء المعجمي عند كل كاتب . تتالف الرسالة من ستة فصول وتكرس الفصول الثلاث الاولى للجانب النظري في حين تضم الفصول الثلاث الاخيرة الجانب العملي . يعرض الفصل الاول المشكلات والاهداف والفرضيات والاجراءات وكذلك حدود واهمية الدراسة . يكرس الفصل الثاني لعرض المصطلحات المتعلقة بدراسة الاسلوبية والمدونات اللغوية والادبية وانواع المدونات وكذلك حلقه المدونات اللغوية والتقييم لادبي . يركز الفصل الثالث على مفهوم قياس الاسلوب والمشكلات المتعلقة في استخدام قياس اسلوبي موثوق وتكرار الاسلوب والخصائص الكمية للاسلوب وكذلك الثراء المعجمي ومنحنى النوع والكلمة . يعد تصميم المدونات من المتطلبات الاساسية في تحليل المدونات الادبية لذلك فان الفصل الرابع يهتم بتصميم المدونات وكذلك المنهج المستخدم في التحليل . ويركز الفصل الخامس على عملية التحليل وكذلك نتائج الدراسة . اخيرا فان الفصل السادس يشمل الخلاصة والتوصيات وكذلك اقتراحات للدراسات اللاحقة . | In recent years, interest has increased in computer - assisted research and analysis of literary texts. In fact, part of this interest has occurred within the field of corpus stylistics. The present study explores the lexical richness of certain well - known literary texts using a statistical gauge called 'lexical richness curve'. This curve is used to show the lexical richness of each work, by dividing the number of tokens(words) on the number of the Type( distinct vocabulary words). The analyses conducted throughout the study are corpus - based using a recent version of 'WordSmith' Tools (7.0 ) to process the basic statistical frequencies of types and tokens. This program facilities the process of calculating and distributing the words of literary texts into 'tokens' and 'types'. The study depends basically on 'Wordlist' tool used to analyze digitalized samples of six novels written by three well - known novelists : Virginia Woolf, William Faulkner, and James Joyce. A special - purpose corpus is compiled by the researcher and made of randomly selected samples of six novels of 'stream of consciousness' : Virginia Woolf's The waves and To the Lighthouse, William Faulkner's Light in August and The Sound and the Fury, and James Joyce's Ulysses and A Portrait of the Artist as a Young Man. Fifteen samples are taken from each novel with (1,000)tokens intervals so the overall number of the samples used in the study are 90 samples with (720,000) tokens in size. These samples are statistically analyzed to find about their lexical richness. Then the number of the 'tokens' (words) and the number of the 'types' (distinct vocabulary words) are counted for each sample. The ratios of types to tokens are visually represented by type - token curves for all the segmented samples. This would facilitate a rigorous process of figuring out the lexical richness of each novelist. As a result, the study demonstrates that James Joyce's Ulysses is the richest novel amongst other novels of 'stream of consciousness' conducted in the study . The study comprises six chapters; the first three chapters are devoted to the theoretical part whereas the last three ones represent the practical part of the study. Chapter one presents the problem, aims, hypotheses, procedures, the limits of the study and its value. Chapter two provides an overview of the terminologies related to stylistics, corpus linguistics, corpus stylistics, types of corpora, and the circle of corpus linguistics and literary appreciation. Furthermore, chapter three focuses on the concept of measuring style, the problems of conducting a reliable gauge of style, style as recurrence, quantitative features of style, and lexical richness and type - token curve. Since corpus design is a basic requirement in corpus stylistic studies, chapter four gives an account of how the corpus is designed and outlines the methodology used in the analysis. Chapter five tackles the analysis process as well as the results of the study. Finally, chapter six includes a set of conclusions, recommendations and suggestions for further studies

قدرة المتعلمين العراقيين على استخدام النغمات في اللغة الانكليزية في المستوى الجامعي == THE ABILITY OF IRAQI EFL LEARNERS TO USE ENGLISH TONES AT THE UNIVERSITY LEVEL

Author name: مروة جبير مجير
Supervisor name: محمد جاسم بطي السعيدي
General topic: Foreign Languages
Degree: Master
Language: English
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: ان احدى الخصائص الرئيسية للغة البشرية هي الخاصية التعبيرية(expressive function)،التي تمكن اللغة المتكلمين من خلالها ليعبروا عن مشاعرهم ومواقفهم, ومن خلالها يستخدم المتعلمون كلمات او جملا لتحصيل ذلك الغرض, وقد تعطي هذه الجملة معنى اتصاليا اوضح من الكلمات المفردة. وهناك عدد من الخصائص تاتي تباعا مع تلك الجمل تسمى الخصائص الفوق مقطعية، واحدى هذه الخصائص هو التنغيم (intonation)، وان هنالك انواع مختلفة من التنغيم استخدمها المتكلمون لنقل مواقفهم مع معان مختلفة عبرت اعتمادا على نوع النغمة، مثلا : من المعروف ان الجملة التقريرية تعطي معنى النهاية مع النغمة الهابطة, الا ان الشك والموافقة المحدودة يعبر عنها باستخدام نغمة هابطة - صاعدة(falling - rising) مع نفس الجملة. وتهدف الدراسة الى اكتشاف قدرة المتعلمين العراقيين على استيعاب وانتاج النغمات في اللغة الانكليزية في المستوى الجامعي كما ان الجنس قد اخذ كعامل مؤثر في التحصيل النهائي للنتائج ؛ لذا وضعت الفرضيات الاتية, من اجل الحصول على اهداف الدراسة : 1. ليست هنالك اية اختلافات مؤثرة بين الذكور والاناث في مستوى الاستيعاب.2. ليست هنالك اختلافات بين المتعلمين في مستوى الاستيعاب.3. ليست هنالك اية اختلافات مؤثرة بين الذكور والاناث في مستوى الانتاج.4. ليست هنالك اختلافات بين المتعلمين في مستوى الانتاج.5. لا توجد اختلافات بين المتعلمين في الجانب الاستيعابي والانتاجي.6. ليست هنالك اية اختلافات بين الذكور والاناث في استيعابهم وانتاجهم لنغمات اللغة الانكليزية.7. ان اداء المتعلمين في استيعاب وانتاج النغمة الهابطة افضل من ادائهم في الانواع الاخرى. ولغرض التحقق من فرضيات الدراسة, اعد اختبار لفحص قدرة اربعين طالبا من طلبة المرحلة الثالثة, قسم اللغة الانكليزية, كلية التربية للعلوم الانسانية في جامعة ذي قار على استيعاب وانتاج النغمات في اللغة الانكليزية ، وكان الجنس عاملا مؤثرا في التحصيل النهائي للنتائج. وتالفت الدراسة من خمسة فصول بالاضافة الى قائمة المصادر وثلاثة ملاحق، يضم الفصل الاول مشكلة واهداف وفرضيات ومجال الدراسة والاجراءات المقدمة ،ويصف الفصل الثاني التنغيم في اللغة الانكليزية ،ويتضمن الفصل الثالث وصف وادارة الاختبار،وكرس الفصل الرابع لتحليل ومناقشة النتائج ، اما الفصل الاخير فقد تضمن الاستنتاجات والتوصيات ومقترحات الدراسات اخرى ، وبعد تحليل النتائج الحاصلة توصلت الباحثة الى الاستنتاجات الاتية : 1. يخمن المتعلمون في استيعابهم لمعنى الجملة اعتمادا على بعض المفردات في تركيب تلك الجملة، فقد اعطوا مثلا معنى الاحتمالية بناءا على وجود كلمة" استطاع" وكذلك معنى التاكيد بناءا على ورود كلمة "بالطبع".2. لقد ساعد تركيب كثير من الجمل الطلاب ليعطوا النغمة الصحيحة في مستوى الانتاج ولم يكن السياق ما قادهم لذلك. 3. ظهرت هنالك اختلافات واضحة بين الذكور والاناث في مستوى الاستيعاب والانتاج نتائج بعد اجراء اختبار لاستيعاب وانتاج الطلاب للنغمات في اللغة الانكليزية.4. لقد بينت النتائج الاحصائية ان هنالك اختلافات واضحة بين الذكور والاناث في مستوى الاستيعاب والانتاج,اذ ان الطلبة قادرين على استيعاب وانتاج النغمة الهابطة افضل من الانواع الاخرى .5. لقد ظهرت الاناث في المستوى الجامعي قادرات على استيعاب وانتاج النغمات الانكليزية افضل من اقرانهن الذكور, وهكذا نتيجة ترجع الى المعلومات والتردد الاساسي العالي اللذان يمتلكهما الاناث.6. يمتلك ا الذكور والاناث على حد سواء القابلية على استيعاب وانتاج النغمة الهابطة اكثر من الانواع الاخرى.7. لم يستخدم الطلبة النغمات الانكليزية بجميع انواعها جيدا في مستوى الاستيعاب والانتاج.8. لم يعرض الطلبة في المستوى الجامعي الى دروس في مادة المحادثة.9. لا تحتوي الكتب الصوتية التي درست للطلاب في المرحلتين الاولى والثانية في الكلية على شرح وافي حول استخدام النغمات.10. تطبيق الدرس الصوتي على المرحلتين الاولى والثانية ليس كافيا.11. اجابات الطلبة غير صحيحة سببها التركيز على الجانب النظري واهمال الجانب التطبيقي.12. الممارسة مهمة جدا في الدرس الصوتي , نظريا كان ام تطبيقيا.13. ينقل الطلاب خبرتهم في النطق الصوتي اعتمادا على لغتهم الام في تعلم النغمات الانكليزية | One of the principal functions of human language is the expressive function. Through this function, language enables speakers to highlight their feelings and attitudes. Speakers may use words or sentences to achieve that purpose, but sentences communicate more meaning than words do. There is a number of features which go hand in hand with these sentences. They are named suprasegmental features. Among these features is the tone which is considered one of the most important features. Different tone types are manipulated by speakers to express their attitudes with different meanings expressed depending on tone type. For example, it is known that statements express finality when they are used with a falling tone, but doubt and limited agreement are expressed by assigning the same statement a falling - rising tone, amongst others. The study aims at investigating the ability of Iraqi EFL learners to recognize and produce English tones at the university level and gender is taken as a factor that affects this achievement. In order to achieve the aims of the study, the following hypotheses are set : 1. There are no significant differences between males and females at the recognition level.2. There are no significant differences among informants at the recognition level.3. There are no significant differences between males and females at the production level.4. There are no significant differences among subjects at the production level.5. There are no significant differences between males and females at their recognition and production of English tones.6. There are no significant differences among informants at their reception and production of English tones. 7. The informants' performance at the falling tone is better than at the other tone types. To validate the hypotheses, a test is applied to third - year students, department of English, College of Education for Humanities, University of Thi - Qar. The test is manipulated to test forty subjects at the recognition and production levels and gender is taken as an effective factor in achievement. The study consists of five chapters, a bibliography and three appendices. The first chapter is an introduction which consists of the statement of the problem, aims of the study, hypotheses, procedures, the scope of the study and value of the study. Chapter Two is concerned with tones in English. The third chapter involves the description and procedures of the test. The fourth chapter is devoted for data analysis and discussion, and the fifth one sets the conclusions, recommendations and suggestions for further research. After analyzing the data, the researcher has come up with the following conclusions : 1. The subjects guess the meaning of the items in the recognition side depending on certain words in such items rather than depending on tone type. For example, they assign 'possibility' meaning from the word 'could' and 'certainty' from the item' of course' as well . 2. The structure of many items helps informants assign the right tone type for many items in the production level rather than being guided by the context. 3. There are significant differences between males and females at the reception and production levels. Throughout making a reception and production test, such result is achieved for the benefit of females. 4. The results show that there are significant differences among informants at the production and recognition levels. The subjects are able to recognize and produce the falling tone, but they fail to recognize and produce the other tone types. 5. The females' subjects at the university level are able to recognize and produce English tones better than the male subjects do. This can be attributed to the practical knowledge and the louder fundamental frequency that females have. 6. Both males and females have the ability to recognize and produce the falling tone more than other tone types. This is because of the similarity between the subjects' mother tongue and English. Both languages use the falling tone to signify finality and it is associated with statements in both languages(Bishr, 2000 : 533 - 52).7. The subjects do not use English tones well in their recognition and production levels.8. The informants are not exposed to enough conversation lessons.9. The phonetics and phonological books which are taught during the first two years to the subjects do not involve a comprehensive explanation about the use of tones. 10. Teaching phonetics and phonology for only two years(1st and 2nd) is not enough.11. The subjects' incorrect responses are due to focusing on theoretical issues and neglecting practice.12. Practice is more needed whether in the theoretical classes and/or in the practical ones.13. The subjects are transferring their tone knowledge of their mother tongue in the leaning of the English tones

دراسة دلالية - تداولية للمشددات في عشرة من نصوص الانتخابات الامريكية الرئاسية == A Semantic and Pragmatic Study of Intensifiers in Ten American Presidential Election Texts

Author name: زهراء علي حسن الشمري
Supervisor name: رعد شاكر عبد الحسن النواس
General topic: Foreign Languages
Degree: Master
Language: English
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: تعتبر المشددات ادوات لغوية تقوم بتعزيز او اضعاف معنى العنصر الذي تعدله. مع ذلك , يستخدم القادة السياسيين الادوات اللغوية بما في ذلك المشددات كوسائل مؤثرة لاداء عدد من الوظائف الدلالية والتداولية من اجل تحقيق بعض الاهداف السياسية.ويسمى الخطاب الذي يستخدم فيه السياسيون مثل هذه الادوات بالخطاب السياسي. والذي هو نوع من انواع الخطاب الذي يركز على لغة المحافل السياسية كالمناظرات.و الخطب , والمقابلات , وجلسات الاستماع كموضع اهتمام.تركز هذه الدراسة على الوظائف الدلالية - التداولية للمشددات في الخطاب السياسي. وتتحدد الوظائف الدلالية بخمس فئات دلالية الا وهي العددية , التوكيدية , التقييمية , المقارنة , ونسخ الخصائص الدلالية . اما الوظائف التداولية فتتحدد بدرجة التعبيرية والمشاركة, وتعديل افعال الكلام.وتشتمل اهداف هذه الدراسة على التالي : اولا , استقصاء الوظائف الدلالية للمشددات في الخطاب السياسي. ثانيا , معرفة التاثير التداولي لاستخدام المشددات في النصوص السياسية. وثالثا , التحقيق في اهم الاختلافات بين الخطب السياسية والمقابلات السياسية من حيث استخدام المشددات.وتفترض الدراسة التالي : 1. تستخدم النصوص السياسية المشددات وظيفيا الى حد كبير للتعبير عن عدد من الوظائف الدلالية المقصودة.2. يتعمد السياسيون استخدام المشددات من اجل تحقيق اثار محددة ومدروسة على جماهيرهم وبالتالي الاسهام بتعديل قوة الانجاز لافعال الكلام. 3. يستخدم السياسيون , في المقابلات السياسية , طائفة اكثر تنوعا من المشددات من تلك المستخدمة في الخطب السياسية لان الحديث في المقابلات يتسم بانه اكثر حرية وعفوية. وتتالف الدراسة من خمسة فصول. الفصل الاول هو مقدمة ويحتوي على المشكلة , الاهداف , الفرضيات , حدود الدراسة , وقيمتها. يتحدث الفصل الثاني عن المشددات والخطاب السياسي. اما الفصل الثالث فيتضمن نموذج التحليل , فيما يتضمن الفصل الرابع تحليل البيانات ومناقشة النتائج , ويتضمن الفصل الخامس الاستنتاجات , والتوصيات , والاقتراحات لاجراء مزيد من البحوث. خلصت هذه الدراسة الى ان استخدام الساسة للمشددات التي تنتمي لفئة العددية يهدف الى تقدير درجة شيء ما من اجل ضمان ان يتم استيعاب التاثير الكامل لعباراتهم من قبل الجمهور. اما المشددات التي تنتمي لفئة التوكيد فيتم استخدامها من قبل الساسة من اجل اعطاء مصداقية لما يقولون , المشددات التي تنتمي لفئة التقييم تستخدم لاعطاء تقييمات , اما تلك التي تنتمي لفئة المقارنة تستخدم لاعطاء اهتمام خاص لنقطة محددة دون غيرها او شخص دون غيره. وقد تم التوصل ايضا الى انه يتم استخدام المشددات المعززة للمعنى من اجل لفت انتباه السامع / القارئ الى القضايا الرئيسة واعطاء درجة عالية من اليقين والالتزام من جانب المتكلم. في حين تستخدم المشددات التي تقوم باضعاف المعنى كاجتناب لغوي للالتزام. ويتحقق الغموض وانعدام الدقة والتقييد من خلال استخدام المصغرات للتقليل من اهمية ما يقوله الساسة , تستخدم المسويات والمقرابات للتعبير عن الشك , الاحتمالية , ونسبة منخفضة من الالتزام من جانب المتكلم . كما يستخدم الساسة المشددات الشخصية لاظهار درجة عالية من الذاتية والمشاركة الشخصية من جانب المتكلم فضلا عن انها تساعد على انشاء صلة شخصية مع جماهيرهم. وتستخدم المشددات التي تعبرعن العواطف غير المميزة في الخطاب السياسي لتضخيم او تخفيف شدة المحتوى العاطفي الموجود مسبقا. كذلك بامكان الساسة اقتراح العواطف التي ينبغي ان يشعر بها الجمهور باستخدام مشددات مع عواطف محددة (اي بتسمية العاطفة داخل الظرف المستخدم ) . فضلا عن ذلك , يستطيع السياسيون الاستفادة من المشددات في تعزيز او اضعاف قوة التحقيق في افعالهم الكلامية. وتشير الدراسة الى ان هناك تباين في استخدام المشددات في كل من الخطب والمقابلات السياسية اذ ان نسبة استخدام المشددات في المقابلات السياسية هو اعلى منه في الخطب السياسية. وتكشف الدراسة ايضا ان المقابلات تتميز عن الخطب السياسية باستخدامها مجموعة اكثر تنوعا من المشددات اذ تم العثور على اربع فئات من المشددات في المقابلات (العددية , التوكيدية , التقييمية , والمقارنة) يقابلها ثلاث فئات فقط في الخطب السياسية (العددية , التوكيدية , التقييمية ) مشيرة الى ان الساسة يتكلمون بحرية اكبر في المقابلات وبالتالي حرية في استخدام المشددات منها في الخطب السياسية.

الاستبدال في اللغتين الانكليزية والعربية : دراسة مقارنة == Substitution in English and Arabic : A Contrastive Study

Author name: دينا رحم طراد البديري
Supervisor name: زينب كاظم عكاب الشيخ
General topic: Foreign Languages
Degree: Master
Language: English
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: الاستبدال هو العملية التي تتم بها استبدال عنصر لغوي باخر ضمن وحده لغوية اكبر. تتناول الدراسة الحالية مقارنة الاستبدال في اللغتين الانكليزية والعربية. تعد هذه الدراسة دراسة مقارنة من خلال تسليط الضوء على نقاط التشابه والاختلاف بين اللغتين.تهدف الدراسة الى وصف الاستبدال في اللغة العربية والانكليزية . تهدف الدراسة ايضا الى مقارنة الاستبدال في اللغتين الانكليزية والعربية وذلك بتعريف الاستبدال واظهار جوانبه النحوية والدلالية والتداولية واظهار علاقتة بالاحالة والحذف فضلا عن ذلك انها تعرض مدى التشابه والاختلاف بين اللغتين فيما يتعلق بالاستبدال.تستند الدراسة على افتراض ان اللغتين الانكليزية والعربية متشابهتان من حيث الجوانب الدلالية, التداولية والنصية للاستبدال. الاستبدال موجود في كلتا اللغتين العربية والانكليزية. يوجد الاستبدال في اللغة الانكليزية في نحو الجملة ونحو النص اما في اللغة العربية فانه يوجد في نحو النص فقط. هناك بعض نقاط التشابه والاختلاف بين اللغتين ولكن نقاط الاختلاف تفوق نقاط التشابه. تتضمن الدراسة اربع فصول وملحق واحد. يمثل الفصل الاول المقدمة التي تحتوي على مشكلة الدراسة والاهداف والفرضيات وخطوات العمل ومجال الدراسة وتعاريف لبعض المصطلحات المرتبطة بالموضوع. اما الفصل الثاني والثالث فانهما يتعاملان مع الاستبدال في اللغة الانكليزية والعربية بالترتيب. الفصل الرابع يتضمن مقارنة بين الاستبدال في اللغتين وفيه تم التوصل الى بعض النتائج والتوصيات ومقترحات لدراسة اخرى.توصلت الدراسة الى ان الاستبدال موجود في اللغتين الانكليزية والعربية. وقد وجد انه في اللغة الانكليزية يمثل موضوع واضح ومنفصل وله صيغ في النحو ونحو النص بينما في اللغة العربية لم يهتم النحويين العرب بالاستبدال بوضوح. علماء نحو النص ذكروه ووضحوا كيفية تاثيره في اتساق النص. تتشابه اللغتين العربية والانكليزية من حيث النواحي الدلالية والتداولية والنصية. هناك بعض نقاط التشابه والاختلاف بين اللغتين ولكن نقاط الاختلاف تفوق نقاط التشابه. اللغة الانكليزية تظهر توسع اكثر في انواع العناصر المستبدلة. هناك عناصر بديلة للاسماء والافعال والظروف والجمل. لا يوجد في اللغة العربية عناصر استبدالية للظروف. الصيغ الصرفية للبدائل اكثر تنوعا من نظائرها في اللغة الانكليزية. على سبيل المثال الصيغ الصرفية للعنصر الاستبدالي الفعلي( يفعل) في اللغة العربية هي (تفعلان ويفعلان وتفعلون ويفعلون وتفعلين). يؤخذ التوافق في العدد والجنس بين عنصر الاستبدال والعنصر المستبدل بعين الاعتبار في اللغة العربية. انواع الاستبدال متشابهة في كلتا اللغتين في انها تكون اسمية وفعلية وجملية. عنصر الاستبدال يمثل دليل على وجود عنصر لغوي يتعلق به وان يكون مناسبا ليحل مكانه. | This study deals with substitution as a process by which a linguistic item is replaced by another within a larger unit. The present study deals with comparing substitution in English and Arabic. It is contrastive by sheding light on the points of similarity and difference between the two languages. This study aims at investigating substitution in English and Arabic. It also aims at comparing and contrasting substitution in English and Arabic by defining it, showing its syntactic, semantic, pragmatic and textual aspects and illustrating its relation with reference and ellipsis. Furthermore, it shows to what extent both languages are similar or different in terms of substitution. It is hypothesized that the two languages are similar to each other in terms of semantic, pragmatic and textual aspects of substitution. Substitution is found in both languages. In English, it exists in grammar and text linguistics while in Arabic, it is found only in text linguistics. There are some points of similarity and difference between the two languages, but the differences outweigh the similarities. The study includes four chapters and an appendix. Chapter One is an introduction that consists of the problem, aims, hypotheses, procedures, limits of the study, and definitions of some related terms. Chapter Two and Three deal with substitution in English and Arabic respectively. Chapter Four provides a comparison of substitution in English and Arabic, gives some conclusions. The thesis has arrived at recommendations and presents some suggestions for further studies. The study comes out with some conclusions. Substitution is found in English and Arabic. In English, it is a separate and clear topic and it has its obvious formula existing in grammar and text linguistics. Arabic grammarians do not explicitly consider it. Text lingustic scholars mention it and show how it is effective in cohesion. The two languages are similar to each other in terms of semantic, pragmatic and textual aspects of substitution. There are points of similarity and difference between the two languages, but the differences outweigh the similarities. English shows more expansion in the type of substitutes. There are substitutes for nouns, verbs, adverbs and clauses. In Arabic, there are no substitutes for adverbs. Furthermore, the morphological scatter for the Arabic pro - forms is more varied than English counterparts. For example, the morphological forms for the verbal substitute 'yafAal (يفعل)' in Arabic are 'tafAalaan (تفعلان), yafAalaan (يفعلان), tafAaluun (تفعلون), yafAaluun (يفعلون) and tafAalyn (تفعلين)'. Agreement in number and gender between the substitute and the substituted item is taken into consideration in Arabic. In English, there is agreement in number only with 'one/ones and do/does'. The types of substitution are alike in both languages in that they are nominal, verbal and clausal. The substitute or the pro - form represents evidence that there is a linguistic item that relates to it or should be to fit its position

تحضير بعض الفورمازنات والثايازوليدينونات الجديدة ودراسة فعالية بعض المركبات المحضرة في خفض سكر الدم

Author name: هبة محمد داغر راشد
Supervisor name: حيدر عباس مهدي | كريم سالم عباس
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Chemistry
Degree: Master
Language: English
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: The thesis consists of three chapters. The first chapter is concerned with the introduction described the chemistry of Schiff bases , formazans and thiazolidinones compounds including importance , applications , synthesis and literature reviews.The second chapter describes the chemicals and solvents which were used in the synthesis of the new Schiff bases, formazans and thiazolidinones derivatives, physical measurements , synthesis methods of compounds and evaluation of anti - hyperglycemic activity. The formazans compounds[4a - 4h] were prepared by reacting diazonium salts amines[3a - 3c] with the appropriate Schiff bases[2a - 2h].Schiff bases themselves are synthesized by the condensation of different primary amines with various aromaticaldehydes. The thiazolidinones derivatives[5c,5e,5i,5j,5k] are synthesized by condensing thioglycolic acid with various Schiff bases[2a - 2h]. All the structures prepared [2a - 2k] , [4a - 4h] and [2c, 2e ,2i ,2j , 2k] were shown in scheme(1), and characterized on the basis of the spectral data : IR, Mass, 1H and 13C NMR. The third chapter deals with , the results and discussion. The IR spectra show an important absorption band at (1558 - 1689)cm - 1 attributed to azomethine (C=N) for Schiff bases, the IR spectra showed important absorption band at (1681 - 1597 )cm - 1 attributed to azomethine (C=N) and (1465 - 1558) cm - 1 to ( - N=N - ) for formazans derivatives. Also, the IR spectra show an important absorption band at (1689 - 1658)cm - 1 attributed to the thiazolidinones ring . The 1H - NMR spectra of formazans show aromatic protons at the range (7.07 - 8.49 )ppm and pyridyl protons as downfield signal at (8.22 - 9.15 ) hydrazide signal at 11 ppm. The 1H - NMR of thiazolidinones exhibit new signals attributed to - CH2 and - CH of thiazolidnones ring at δ (4.52 - 4.71) and (5.70 - 5.81 ) ppm, respectively .13C - NMR spectra of formazans exhibit that the a signal at 156 - 168 ppm (amide carbonyl) , thiazolidinones show a signal at (207.35 - 208 .60) ppm attributed to the C=O ring thiazolidinones.The mass spectra of the formazans compounds [4d ,4e, 4g , 4h] show a molecular ion peak. M+(354 .401 . 516. 498) m/z corresponding to the target compounds. Also, mass spectra of thiazolidinones compounds [5e, 5i] show molecular ion peak. M+ (356 , 369 ) m/z corresponding to the target compounds .This study is also concerned with anti - hyperglycemic activity ,and male mice (Mus musculus Balb/c ) weighing (25 - 35)gm were used for the study of the effects of formazan compound [4e] and thiazolidinone compound [5e] on the blood glucose levels of the animals.Animals are divided into seven different groups, Group (A) : negative control (normal) that is only treated with distilled water (D.W). Group (B) : positive control that is treated with alloxan (125mg/kg) B.W. only to induce diabetes. Group (C) : that is only treated with (DMSO) only. Group (D) : alloxan - induced diabetes mice that are treated with (75 mg/kg) of formazan derivative [4e]. Group (E) : alloxan - induced diabetes mice that are treated with (150 mg/kg) of formazan derivative [4e]. Group (F) : injected alloxan and thiazolidinone [5e] (75 mg/kg). Group (G) : injected alloxan and compound thiazolidinone [5e] (150 mg/kg) .The mice were treated for two weeks and used Colorimetric to Determination of serum Glucose Level by spectrophotometer. The results how that the determination of serum glucose concentration is in males mice groups (A , B , C , D, E , F and G ).A significant decrease can be observed among ( D, E, F and G) groups as compared with group (A) after treatment (2 week) with (75 mg /kg) and (150 mg /kg ) respectively of formazans [4e] and also treatment with(75 mg /kg) and (150 mg /kg ) from thiazolidinone [5e] . while groups (A , C ) do

تحضير وتشخيص قواعد شف ومعقداتها المشتقة من الازاتين واستخدامها في استخلاص ايون النيكل الثنائي == Synthesis and characterization of Schiff Bases and its complexes derived from isatin and using in extraction of nickel ion(II)

Author name: الاء محمد علي عبد الامير
Supervisor name: ساهر عبد الرضا علي | ابراهيم عبود فليفل
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Chemistry
Degree: Master
Language: English
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: The present work include preparation of three ligands (schiff base) derived from condensation reaction isatin and 5 - Bromoisatin and 5 - Methyl isatin with (2 - aminoBenzylamine) ,to give the following ligands : (z) - 3 - (2 - ((z) - 2 - oxoindolin - 3 - ylideneamino)benzylimino)indolin - 2 - one (z)5 - bromo - 3 - (2 - ((z) - 2 - oxoindolin - 3 - ylideneamino)benzylimino)indolin - 2 - one (z)5 - methyl - 3 - (2 - ((z) - 2 - oxoindolin - 3 - ylideneamino)benzylimino)indolin - 2 - one The new complexes were prepared from the reactions of ligands L1,L2,L3 with the transition metal chlorides (NiCl2.6H2O,CoCl2.6H2O, CrCl3.6H2O).The prepared derivatives and Their complexes were studied and characterized by elemental analysis (CHN),Infrared(IR),Spectroscopy, Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy(1H - NMR),Mass Spectra , Molar conductivity techniques were used. The complexes of [Ni(II), Co(II), Cr(III)] for all ligands have shown octahedral configuration. Shiff base has been stadied by liquid - liquid extraction to words the metal ion Ni2+ from aqueous phase to organic phase .the study of condition o extraction shows that the optimum pH values for extraction was (pH= 8). the suitable concentration of (L3) was(1×10_2M).so the suitable concentration of Ni2+ ion in aqueous solution wich is giving highest distribution ratio (D) was(80μg/ml) .the optimum shaking time to reach the equilibria was(15 minute). The results show that D and (E%) depend on the structure of organic solvent used.the temperature effct that areduce in the efficiency of extraction with increase of temperature means that the reaction is exothermic .The (L3) use in the extraction of nickel from sample of tobacco . it was found that the efficiency of extraction is (E %= 98.98 ) .

دراسة مقارنة لفرط الاكسدة ووظائف الكبد في النساء ذوات تضخم الغدة الدرقية قبل وبعد عملية الاستئصال == Compartive Study for Oxidative Stress and Liver Functions in Women with Euthyroid Goiter before and after Thyroidectomy

Author name: الاء عبد فيصل
Supervisor name: رائد معلك حنون الصالح | علي نايف عاصي
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Analytical Biochemistry
Degree: Master
Language: English
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: Multinodular goiter defined as the palpation of multiple distinct nodules in the enlarged thyroid gland and it is one of the commonest thyroid diseases encountered in the practice of surgery. Treatment modalities are mainly antithyroid drugs and surgery. The most common surgery being performed for multinodular goitre is subtotal thyroidectomy for the reasons that it is comparatively easier to perform, less time consuming and has a lesser complication rate especially of damage to recurrent laryngeal nerve andparathyroids. Subtotal thyroidectomy involves removal of majority of the diseased thyroid tissue along with the isthmus leaving behind a remnant of roughly 4 - 8 grams on each side.This study was accomplished for evaluation the effect of thyroidectomy on thyroid hormones levels (T3, T4 and TSH) ,serum oxidant - antioxidants status( malondialdehyde (MDA) , ceruloplasmin (Cp), transferrin (Tf ) and albumin (Alb)) , also liver function tests (aspartate amino transferase enzyme (AST), alanine amino transferase enzyme (ALT), alkaline phosphatase (ALP) and total bilirubin (BIL)). Blood samples were obtained from (100) patients with euthyroid goiter, as well as (50) healthy subjects as a control group.The comparison is based on three variables : general comparison ]Group A (Control) : - Included fifty health subjects aged (15 - 60) years. Group B (preoperative) : - Included fifty preoperative patients aged (15 - 60) years. Group C (postoperative) : - Included fifty postoperative patients aged (15 - 60) years[, age ]each one divided into three groups : G 1(15 - 30),G 2 (31 - 40), G 3 (41 - 60)[and according to the time period after surgery ] Post - 1 group : (Less than month). Post - 2group : (From month to year). Post - 3 group : (More than year)[.The results showed that there was a significant increase in MDA, Cp, AST and ALT in all preoperative and postoperative patients in comparison with control group. Yet, Alb, Tf levels showed a significant decrease in all patients groups of preoperative and postoperative in comparison with control group. Also, MDA, Cp, AST and ALT showed a significant increase in postoperative patients in comparison with control group. But, ALP, Alb and BIL showed no significant increase in postoperative patients in compared to control group.While Tf showed a significant decrease in postoperative patients in as compared to the control group. MDA, Cp, AST, ALT, ALP and BIL was decreased in the postoperative group when compared to preoperative group. Yet, Alb, Tf showed a significant increase in postoperative patients group when compared to preoperative group .The results showed a significant increase MDA, Cp, AST, ALT, ALP and BIL in Pre - G1 in comparison with Cont - G1. But, Tf, Alb showed a significant decrease in Pre - G1 in comparison with Cont - G1. Also, MDA, Cp, ALT, ALP and BIL showed a significant increase in Pre - G1 in comparison with Post - G1. While AST showed no significant differences in Pre - G1 as compared to Post - G1. The results showed that there were a significant increase MDA, Cp, AST, ALT and BIL in Pre - G2 in comparison with Cont - G2. But, Alb showed asignificant decrease in Pre - G2 in comparison with Cont - G2. Tf showed a significant decrease in Post - G2 compared to Pre - G2, Cont - G2. While ALP showed no significant differences in all age groups as compared to Cont - G2.Also, MDA, AST and BIL showed a significant decrease in Post - G2 in comparison with Pre - G2. While ALT and ALP showed no significant differences in Pre - G2 as compared to Post - G2.The results showed that there were a significant increase MDA, Cp, AST, ALT, ALP and BIL in Pre - G3 in comparison with Cont - G3. But, Tf and Alb showed a significant decrease in Pre - G3 in comparison with Cont - G3. lso, MDA, Cp, AST and ALT showed no significant differences in Pre - G3 in comparison with Post - G3. While Tf showed a significant increase in Pre - G3 as compared to Post - G3, there were no significant differences in Alb in Pre - G3 and Post - G3 .According to The Time Period there were a significant increase in serum MDA ,Cp concentration in Post - 1and Post - 3 in comparison with Control group(P≤0.05), but there were no significant differences in serum MDA concentration between Post - 2 and Control group (P≤0.05). there were no significant differences in serum Alb, Tf concentration between Post - 1 , Post - 2, Post - 3 and Control group (P≤0.05). there was a significant increase in serum AST concentration in Post - 2, Post - 3 in comparison with control group (P≤0.05), but there were no significant differences in serum AST concentration between Post - 1 and Control group (P≤0.05), there were no significant differences in serum MDA, Cp, AST concentration between Post - 1 , Post - 2, Post - 3(P≤0.05) But, ALT and ALP showed a significant decrease in Post - 1 comparison with Post - 2 and Post - 3, there were no significant differences in serum ALT ,ALP concentration between Post - 1, Post - 2 and control group(P≤0.05), While there was a significant increase in Post - 3 comparison with control. BIL show a significant decrease in Post - 1 comparison with Post - 3.There were no significant differences in Post - 2, Post - 3 in comparison with control. But, BIL show a significant increase in Post - 1 in comparison with control.

دراسة التاثيرات الانجابية لبعض العناصر النزرة على العقم عند الرجال في محافظة ذي قار - العراق == Reproductive Effects of Some Trace Elements On Male Infertility, In Thi - Qar Governorate/Iraq

Author name: ملاك حريز نعيم الخفاجي
Supervisor name: ساجد حسن كزار | ايناس صالح جواد
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Analytical Biochemistry
Degree: Master
Language: English
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:

تحضير وتشخيص وتقييم الفعالية البايولوجية لبعض مركبات الفورمازان المشتقة من قواعد شف ومركبات الازو الجديدة ومعقداتها مع الكادميوم الثنائي II == Synthesis , Charactrization and Evaluation Biological Activity of some New Formazan Compounds Derived from Schiff Bases and Azo Compounds and Their Complexes With Cadmium(II)

Author name: محمد عبد الحسن شلال
Supervisor name: حيدر عباس مهدي
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Chemistry
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: The letter includes the preparation of twenty new derivatives of Formazan compounds that include Schiff bases associated with AZO compounds.The spectrum of spectroscopy (FT.IR) for all compounds, the NMR spectrum, the NMR spectrum of NMR and the CHIS for all compounds and the identification of some of their physical properties such as grade (TPC), and then to prepare four complexes (two of them for morphine and two forformas) as complexes with cadmium ion, to determine optimal conditions for complex formation and then to measure the molecular conductivity of the complex as well as the electronic measurements Wa For magnetic sensitivity. And then studying of biological activity. For some of these vehicles the research has included two main parts : section One : I attended and identified a group of derivatives (Schiff bases) and then were linked through the interaction of the nuts under certain conditions for the preparation of new Formazan compounds containing (Schiff bases - AZO compounds) on the same compound and then attended four complexes of two Schiff bases and two of the Lycandat Formazan The new vehicles have been identified above Section Two : This part of the work was studied by studying the vital effectiveness of some compounds. Schiff bases and Formazan compounds were selected to determine the effect of the active groups of the compound on inhibiting the biological activity of the microorganisms studied in this thesis

تحضير وتشخيص بعض مشتقات قواعد شف والفورمازانات ومعقداتهما واستخدامهما في استخلاص ايون Cr+6 بطريقة استخلاص نقطة الغيمة == Preparation and Characterization of some Schiff base and formazans derivatives and their Complexes and using them in the Extraction of (Cr+6) Ion By Mothed Cloud - Point Extraction

Author name: بتول مهدي صالح
Supervisor name: ساهر عبد الرضا علي
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Chemistry
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: This study includes the preparation of ten ligands and it′s complexs : Ligand L4 (N - (4 - ((2 - (phenylcarbamothioyl)hydrazono)methyl)phenyl) acetamide) was prepared by the condensation of (4 - acetamido benzaldehyde) with (4 - phenylthiosemi carbazide). Ligand L5 (1, 3 - bis (2 - hydroxy - 3 - methoxy - (E) - benzylideneamino) eurea) was prepared by the condensation of (o - vanillin) with (carbohydrazide). Formazan F1 (1 - benzoyl - 3 - (2 - hydroxyphenyl) - 5 - phenylformazan) is prepared from coupling the diazonium salt with (L1) proportions Molar (1 : 1). Formazan F2 (3 - (2 - hydroxyphenyl) - 1 - nicotinyl - 5 - phenyl formazan) was prepared by coupling the diazonium salt with (L2) proportions Molar (1 : 1).Complexes were prepared for (L3), (F1) and (F2) by interaction with the salts of the elements NiCl2.6H2O, CoCl2.6H2O, CdCl2.6H2O, CrCl3.6H2O. The ligands and it′s complexes were characterized by using Elemental Analysis (C.H.N) Infrared Spectroscopy(FT - IR), Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy (1H - NMR) , Mass Spectra and Molar Electrical Conductivity and the results were identical to what is expected scientifically. The spatial shape of the complexes prepared is (octahedral). (ligand L1 and formazan F1) on distribution ratio values and percentage of extraction, where results showed that percentage values and distribution ratio in this way increase with increasing concentration of (L1 and F1) where he found that the best distribution ratio (D) and percentage (% E) to extract ion(Cr+6) when concentration (L1 & F1) is (5 * 10 - 4 M).

تحضير , تشخيص ودراسة بيولوجية لمشتقات جديدة من 4,3,1 - ثايادايازول ومعقداتها مع بعض ايونات العناصر الانتقالية == Preparation , Characterization and biological study of new derivatives of 1,3 , 4 - Thiadiazole and their complexes with some transitional element ions

Author name: نعيم عبد السادة بشير الخفاجي
Supervisor name: ابراهيم عبود فليفل
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Chemistry
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: The present study involves preparation of three new ligands derived from the thiadiazole (2,5 - dihydrazineyl - 1,3,4 - thiadiazol) with 1H - indole - 2,3 - dione (Isatin) by the ratio (1 : 2). the ligands L1 and L2 were synthesized from the reaction between thiadiazole derivative with (Benzophenone) by the ratio (1 : 2). The ligand L3 was prepared from thiadiazole derivative and (3 - aminoacetophenone) by the ratio (1 : 2), the following are the structural formulas of the prepared ligands : Prepared the complexes of the transitional elements ions [Cr+3, Fe+3, Co+2, Ni+2 and Cu+2] with ligands (L1, L2 and L3), where the ligands and their complexes characterization by precision analysis of elements (C.H.N.), Infrared spectrum (FT - IR), proton Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (1H - NMR), Mass spectrometry, measurement magnetic sensitivity and measurement molarconductivity the results were practical exactly matching with the molecular and structural formulas of the proposed compounds. Hyperchem was used to draw ligands and their complexes and to show the distribution of electronic density. The data indicates that the configuration of the complexes {[CrL1Cl3], [FeL1 3] , [CoL1 3]}, {[CrL2 3], [FeL2 3] ,[CoL2Cl3]} {[Cr(L3)2Cl ]Cl, 3)2Cl2] and [Co(L )2Cl2]Cl} are octahedral , while the proposed configuration of the complexes {[NiL Cl2], 1Cl2]}, [NiL2Cl2] [CuL2Cl ]} ,{[NiL Cl2] and [CuL3Cl2 are square planer. A study was conducted testing the biological activity for the prepared ligands and their complexes against two types of bacteria (staphylococcus aureus) and (Escherichia coli) compared to the standard inhibitor (Ciprofloxacin), the obtained results confirmed the biological effectiveness of prepared preparations except for the third ligand higher than standard inhibitor (Cipro) towards the bacteria (Escherichia coli), the following complexes also showed (A5, C5, C4, C3 and C1) biological effectiveness towards the bacteria (Escherichia coli) higher than standard inhibitor (Cipro), while the rest complexes showed less effectiveness than the standard inhibitor (Cipro) ) 4and A 3, A2(A ) except the complexesEscherichia colitowards the bacteria (where don't showed any biological effectiveness. Also the study confirmed that ligands and their complexes did not show any biological activity towards the bacteria (staphylococcus aureus).

استخلاص وتشخيص ودراسة كيموحيوية لبعض الزيوت الاساسية في نبات الرشاد البري في مدينة الناصرية / العراق

Author name: مريم ماجد كاظم الحسيناوي
Supervisor name: حسام محمد كريدي
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Analytical Biochemistry
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:

تحضير وتشخيص وتقيم الفعالية البيولوجية لبعض مركبات الفورمازان المشتقة من قواعد شف الجديدة ومعقداتها مع بعض العناصر الانتقالية == Synthesis, characterization and biological evaluation of some new Formazan compounds derived from Schiff Bases and their complexes with some transition Metals.

Author name: اعراف محمود داود
Supervisor name: حيدر عباس مهدي
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Chemistry
Degree: Master
Language: English
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: This thesis contains three chapters represents, the first chapter introduction and interested in studying the chemistry of schiff base and derivatives of formazan, their complexes in terms of their characteristics, importance and synthesis.The second chapter is interested in describing the chemicals and procedures used in the synthesis of the required compounds, and the study of physical measurements, synthesis methods of compounds and evaluation as well as the biological activity.In this research, four new derivatives of formazan (L3, L4, L5 - 4d), which synthesized from the reaction of Diazonium salt amine with suitable Schiff base (L1, L2 - 2d). The Schiff base can product of different primary amines with several aromatic aldehyde and synthesized both of the (Schiff bases, formazans) suitable complexes.The third chapter Results and Discussion, identified synthesized formazan derivatives as well as Schiff bases prefix and its complexes by appropriate spectral methods including of infrared spectroscopy (FT - IR) for all compounds, Nuclear Magnetic Resonance spectrum (1H - NMR) for all compounds Microanalysis (CHNS) for the majority of compounds as well as Mass spectra. For all complexes were recording certain physical properties, such as melting point (m.p.). Monitoring progress of the chemical reaction by using thin chromatography layer (TLC). We synthesis eight complexes (three from Schiff bases and five from formazan derivatives) were complexes with ions (Co, Ni, Cd), then measuring the molar conductivity of complexes. Then study the biological effectiveness for some compounds have been chosen complexes Schiff bases, as well as formazan complexes to determine the effect of active groups in these compounds to evaluate the efficiency ofXIthe compounds against different type of bacteria.The research also includes a test of biological effectiveness of the prepared ligands and their metallic complexes, where we study response inhibitory to the three types of bacteria, a gram positive type of bacteria (Staphylococcus aureuse) and gram negative type of the bacteria (Escherichia Coli and salmonella species) and compared with the standard inhibitor (Cipro).The biological effectiveness swohs positive results as it was noted The ligand L1, L2, L3, L4, L5 and Schiff base 4d Showed lower efficiency than the standard inhibitor trend three types of bacteria. The prepared complexes from ligands appeared high effective than the effectiveness of the ligands itself The formazan (L3, L4, L5 dna 2d) appeared high effective than the effectiveness of the prepared Schiff base

تخليق وتشخيص بعض المركبات الاحادية والثنائية للكاما لاكتام والثايزوليدينون == SYNTHESIS AND CHARACTERIZATION OF SOME MONO AND BIS ? - LACTAMS AND THIAZOLIDINONES COMPOUNDS

Author name: اصالة سلام جبر
Supervisor name: محمود شاكر مكطوف التميمي
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Organic Chemistry
Degree: Master
Language: English
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: This study is concerned with the synthesis and characterization of mono, bis γ - lactams 3(a - h) and mono, bis Thiazolidinone 4(a - i). The structures of the prepared compounds are confirmed by the spectral data include FT - IR spectroscopy , 1H - NMR spectroscopy , 13C - NMR spectroscopy, Mass spectroscopy.Mono and bis γ - Lactams are prepared by reacting Phenyl succinic anhydride with the appropriate Schiff base , in dry chloroform. The obtained mono and bis γ - lactams 3(a - g) is in moderate yields (51 - 75%).The FT - IR spectra showed an absorption bands at (1636 - 1692 cm - 1) attributed to amide carbonyl group ( - N - C=O), and at (1699 - 1733 cm - 1) carboxylic group which attributed (COOH) . The 1H - NMR spectra of compounds 3(a - g),show signals of the aliphatic protons at rang (3.356 - 4.02) ppm and signals for aromatic protons at rang (7.202 - 8.218) ppm. The 13C - NMR spectra of compounds 3(a - e), show signal at rang (171.30 - 178.58) ppm which related amide carbon ( - N - C=O), and at rang (178.32 - 182.16) ppm carboxylic carbon (COOH).Mono and bis Thiazolidinones are prepared by the reaction of thioglycolic acid with Schiff base, in dry benzene. The produced Thiazolidinones 4(a - f) is in moderate yields (55 - 78%).The FT - IR spectra showed an absorption band at (1654 - 1691 cm - 1) attributed to carbonyl group which is related to ( - N - C=O). The 1H - NMR spectra show signals of the aliphatic protons at rang (4.2 - 7.1) ppm and signals for aromatic protons at rang (7.352 - 8.015) ppm. The 13C - NMR spectra show signals at rang (172.32 - 179.52) ppm which is related to amide carbonyl group ( - N - C=O).

دراسة مستويات مصل الهوموسيستين وعلاقته مع بعض انزيمات القلب في المرضى الذين يعانون من احتشاء عضلة القلب في محافظة ذي قار - العراق == Study of Serum Homocysteine levels and Its Correlation with Some Cardiac Enzymes in Patients with Myocardial Infarction In Thi - Qar Province/Iraq

Author name: اديان سعد حمزة
Supervisor name: محمد عجة عودة
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Analytical Biochemistry
Degree: Master
Language: English
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: Myocardial infarction (MI) or acute myocardial infarction (AMI) is the medical term for an event commonly known as heart attack. An MI occurs when blood stops flowing properly to a part of the heart, and the heart muscle is injured because it is not receiving enough oxygen. Biochemical tests are restricted to monitoring cardiac enzymes activities. Therefore, introducing homocysteine test in hospitals for MI patients may provide a clearer picture on the patient condition and help in the disease management.The study was conducted during the period from October 2015 till August 2016. Sixty - three of the people who have a history of injury in the acute myocardial infarction are studied. The diagnosis is based on the clinical presentation and confirmed by ECG, and cardiac enzyme. Forty - eight of persons as healthy volunteers were selected as a control group.The results indicated the following : The proportion of patients male (57%) and females (43%), smokers (49%) and non - smokers (51%), most of them are females. The results also showed that (32%) live in cities, compared to (68%) live in rural areas, and patients Serum homocysteine was significantly higher in MI patients compared to the control group. Homocysteine levels were higher in smokers(p = 0.0001). and unemployed individuals(p < 0.0001)., as well as in individuals with family history of MI or CAD(p < 0.0001). High hypertensive, diabetic and obese individuals had also higher levels of homocysteine . Based on the results of this study suggested measuring the amino acid Homocysteine levels of security as one of the effective ways to diagnose patients with myocardial infarction in hospitals

دراسة كيمو حيوية مقارنه للاجهاد التاكسدي وانماط الدهون في المرضى كبار السن المصابين بمرض الارتجاف الاذني في محافظة ذي قار العراق == A Biochemical Comparative Study of Oxidative Stress and Lipid Profile in Elderly Patients With Atrial Fibrillation in Thi - Qar Governorate/Iraq

Author name: سارة عاشور ساير
Supervisor name: رائد معلك حنون الصالح | عدنان الطعان الخفاجي
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Chemistry
Degree: Master
Language: English
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: Atrial fibrillation (AF) is the most common cardiac arrhythmia in the general population, and a major cause of morbidity and mortality. Lifetime risk for development of AF has been estimated to 1 in 4 in individuals aged 40 years or more.The present study is designed to determine the levels of oxidative stress by measuring lipid peroxidation product (malondialdehyde MDA), antioxidant state by measuring some antioxidants such as (ceruloplasmin Cp, Transferrin Tf, albumin Alb ,uric acid Ua) ,in addition to lipid profile (cholesterol TC, triglyceride TG, high density lipoprotein cholesterol HDL - C, low density lipoprotein cholesterol LDL - C and very low density lipoprotein cholesterol VLDL - C) in atrial fibrillation patients .The study included (150) subjects; (75) normal subjects (control) and (75) patients with atrial fibrillation. The patients are divided into two groups according to the age : (39) elderly patients [the age range (60 - 80) years] and (36) others patients [the age range (20 - 59) years], also patients are divided in to two groups according to the age with one or more risk factor (Hypertention (HTN), Ischemic Heart Disease(IHD), Heart Hailure (HF)) : elderly which included (18) patients (lone AF) , (21) patients (AF with HTN, IHD, HF) and others which included (17) patients (lone AF), (19) patients (AF with HTN, IHD, HF).The normal subjects (control) also divided into two groups according to the age : elderly [the age range (60 - 80) years] and others [the age range (20 - 59) years] .According to age, the results shown significant increase in the concentration of serum (MDA, Cp, uric acid, TC, TG, VLDL - C, LDL - C ) in elderly and other groups in comparison with their control groups (p≤0.05). It was found significant increase in the concentration of serum MDA in elderly group in comparison with other group, also it was found significant increase in the concentration of serum uric acid in control elderly group in comparison withXIVcontrol other group (p≤0.05). The results also showed non significant differences in the concentration of serum (Cp, uric acid, TC,TG, LDL - C, VLDL - C) between elderly and other groups. It was also found non significant differences in the concentration of serum ( Cp, TC, TG, LDL - C, VLDL - C) between control elderly and control other groups (p≤0.05). While serum Alb , serum Tf and serum HDL - C concentrations show a significant decrease in elderly and other groups in comparison with their control groups (p≤0.05). The results showed significant decrease in the concentration of serum HDL - C in control elderly group in comparison with control other group. Also there were no significant differences in the concentration of serum Alb serum Tf and serum HDL - C between elderly and others groups (p≤0.05).According to the age with one or more risk factor (HTN, IHD, HF) the results show a significant increase in the concentration of serum (MDA, Cp , uric acid, TC, TG, VLDL - C , LDL - C ) in elderly and other groups in comparison with their control groups (p≤0.05). It was found a significant increase in the concentration of serum MDA in the groups AF and AF with HTN, IHD, HF ( in elderly groups) in comparison with groups AF and AF with HTN, IHD, HF (in other groups) respectively (p≤0.05). It was also found a significant increase in the concentration of serum uric acid in control elderly groups in comparison with control other groups , also there were no significant differences in the concentration of serum (CP ,TC , TG ,VLDL - C, LDL - C) between elderly and other groups (p≤0.05). serum Alb ,serum Tf and serum HDL - C show a significant decrease in elderly and other groups in comparison with their control groups, also there was significant decrease in the concentration of serum HDL - C in control elderly groups in comparison with control other groups (p≤0.05). It was also found non significant differences in the concentration of serum Alb and serum Tf between elderly and other groups (p≤0.05).

تحضير وتشخيص ودراسة بايولوجية لمشتقات جديدة من - 3,4,0 اوكسادايزول و3,4,0 - ثايادايازول ومعقداتها مع بعض العناصر الانتقالية واستخدامها في استخلاص الكوبلت الثنائي == Synthesis, Characterization, and Biological activity Study of New 1,3,4 - Oxadiazole and 1,3,4 - Thiadiazole Derivatives and Some of Their Transition Metal Complexes and Using in extraction of cobalt ion (ll)

Author name: ازهار حميد كاطع
Supervisor name: ساهر عبد الرضا علي | ابراهيم عبود فليفل
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Chemistry
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: The thesis include preparation and characterization of some new derivations of 1,3,4 - oxadiazole and 1,3,4 - thiadiazole as ligands which are : - L1 = 2,2' - [(1E,2E) - ethane - 1,2 - diylidenedi(2E)hydrazin - 1 - yl - 2 - ylidene]bis(5 - methyl - 1,3,4 - oxadiazole) L2 = 2 - hydrazinyl - 5 - [(2E) - 2 - {(2Z) - 2 - [2 - (5 - hydrazinyl - 1,3,4 - thiadiazol - 2 - yl)hydrazinylidene]ethylidene}hydrazinyl] - 1,3,4 - thiadiazole L3 = 2,2' - {1,3,4 - thiadiazole - 2,5 - diylbis[(1E)hydrazin - 2 - yl - 1 - ylidene(E)methylylidene]}bis(6 - methoxyphenol) with structural formula L1 L2 L3 The new complexes were prepared from the reactions of ligands L1,L2,L3 with the transition metal salts (CrCl3.6H2O, COCl2.6H2O,NiCl2.6H2O) . The elemental analysis (CHN) , Infrared(IR) Spectroscopy , Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy (1H - NMR) , Mass Spectra , Magnetic Susceptibility and Molar conductivity techniques were used to characterize the structural formula of these ligands and their complexes.1) The complexes of [Cr(III) , Co(III)] for all ligands have shown octahedral configuration. 2) Complexes of [Ni(II)] with all ligands have shown square planar configuration.liquid - liquid extraction using L2 as extracting agent , The best results were obtained from liquid - liquid extraction in which Co(ll) had a 95% extraction rate at pH 9 ,temperature degree at 40 C0 Testing the biological activity for ligands and their complex by using spreed method and measurement inhibition zone by using (DMSO) as solvent and erythromycin as standard bactericidal , using in this study two types from bacteria one gram negative bacterial strains (Escherichia coli ) and other isgram positive bacteria strains staphylococcus aureus

دور الادعاء العام في حماية حقوق الانسان : دراسة مقارنة == The Role of General Prosecution in the Protection of Human Rights (A comparative study)

Author name: انتصار جعفر خضر الخفاجي
Supervisor name: ناصر كريمش خضر الجوراني
General topic: Law
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: The General Prosecution is considered one of the judicial jurisdiction formations, a specialized authority of protecting human rights during the levels of the panel case, it totally concerned in the good management of law applying, whether it was for the sake of the accused or the victim, in which it does not take sides for each. It represents the common good and performs its roles objectively and equally.The Iraqi legislator authorized the general prosecution to do different roles during all procedures of the penal case, on the level of investigation and collecting of evidences, we find out that it takes charge of supervision and inspection over the members of the judicial checking up in order to see how committed they are in the standards of investigating crimes without making any violation or diverging in the investigation.When instituting the penal case , we find out that it is commencing its authority in evaluating the properness of instituting the case or in how not well the process is going , agreeing with the standards , which the legislator has guaranteed to the rights of the accused , its bearing the burden of proving the charge of guilty in all details , having worked it in justice seeking innocence of the accused . Whenever it is being forced by the necessitates of investigating the truth, it might have to violate the individual freedoms, for it is not seeking to violate any rights except when the legislator has provided it with guarantees. .In a narrowed standard of the crimes, it must not call for an arrest unless the accused has given enough guarantees to show up , as well as thegeneral Prosecution will take care of the victim rights via allowing the victim the right by applying a complaint in the penal case .As on the level of primary investigation, we find out that it is playing very significant roles , that contribute in providing the necessary guarantees for human rights of the accused , in this level by way of reporting the investigation judge , and by taking charge of the investigation duties in limited situations , and by having presented the special procedures of the primary investigation .We touch upon an extension in its role too , in the level of the trial , it is the perfect supervisor over what the legislations have provided of a fair trial as a guaranty , whenever the court has issued its decision , it has the right of appealing it , if the decision of the court was absolute , it will supervise the acting out of the decision within what the legislator has decided if a problem existed in the decision , stopping the decision will be ordered in response of what humanitarian necessities have presented

المسؤولية الانضباطية لعضو مجلس المحافظة : دراسة مقارنة == isciplinary responsibility of member of local councils - comparative study

Author name: احمد عبد الله خلف الكناني
Supervisor name: وليد خشان زغير الموسوي
General topic: Law
Specific topic: Constitutional Law
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: That the provincial councils perform their functions requires a great deal of responsibility and awareness of members, which requires the activating the self - censorship of these councils over its members as the tool that expresses the will of the council. The disciplinary responsibility is one of the most important tools for activating the self - censorship of these councils. Membership, the member may commit administrative, civil or even criminal liability. Therefore, disciplinary accountability is one of the most important pillars of the service systems in the world, because it aims to maintain order within the Council and the impact on the functioning of the Council The local supervisory and legislative work of these councils, since the member's commitment to his duties and dedication to the public interest has become one of the objectives through which the Council can perform its functions and provide its services to the fullest.There were several reasons that led to the selection of this study, including the lack of studies in the disciplinary responsibility for members of the provincial councils, showing the face of inadequacies in the disciplinary system, so addressed the subject of disciplinary liability of a member of the provincial council in the light of each of the Iraqi discipline system contained in the law of provinces not organized in Region No. 21 of 2008 amended, and the Egyptian disciplinary system in the law of the local administration system No. 43 of 1979 amending.We divided the study section primer and three chapters, we dealt with Definition local council irregular in the province ,and dealt with irregularities disciplinary of the member of the provincial council in the first chapter, and dealt with the explanation of disciplinary punishments in Chapter II, Chapter III was allocated to discuss Disciplinary safeguards for faculty of the member of the provincial council.We concluded with a final result that weak legislative treatment of the issue of disciplinary responsibility and its ineffectiveness in the law of governorates that are not organized in the amended region No. 21 of 2008, or rather the lack of a complete disciplinary legislative system concerned with the statement of disciplinary penalties for violating the system of hearings and penalties for violating the rest The duties and prohibitions of membership, the procedures for imposing such penalties, and the provision of adequate guarantees of investigation, reasonableness and proportionality between the disciplinary penalty and the violation committed by the member and ending with the grievance and judicial appeal. Party consensus and its impact on activating disciplinary accountability. B As we have reached legislator Iraqi inter of recommendations the most important of which need to establish a disciplinary system for the members of the provincial councils instead of relying on the individual treatment of The internal regulations of the provincial councils and their deficient treatments, through which the investigation and investigative committees are used to prove the violation committed by the member when the subject of his dismissal from office Membership, rather than questioning, for several reasons including that the investigative committees are more specialized and deeper in verifying the availability of the reasons for the dismissal (dropping membership) or not, in addition the interrogation is carried out by the Council itself. Either the member belongs to the majority of particular party it takes them to be lenient with their colleague or if the member belongs to an opposition party the decision to drop membership in the hands of the ruling party is based on political considerations that are more consensual than the member committing a sin or a career fault. Thus denying justice and depriving the punishment of its intended purpose of assessment and deterrence.

الاليات الدولية لاسترداد الممتلكات الثقافية : دراسة تطبيقية على الممتلكات الثقافية العراقية == International mechanisms for the restoration cultural property an applied study on the Iraqi cultural property

Author name: علي وطن عنيد عاتي
Supervisor name: محمد ثامر مخاط السعدون
General topic: Law
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: The study dealt with the definition of the concept of the recovery of cultural property, in accordance with a precise presentation of the most important international conventions that defined this concept. It then proceeded to put forward the principles governing restitution, especially the principle of international law, the principle of territoriality and their impact on the principle of restitution. In view of the existence of formal and objective conditions to complete the implementation of this principle, while acknowledging the existence of criticism of each of these conditions, which may lead to the release of the condition or the whole subject of its content, that the suspicion of Iraq from the illegal trading of cultural property and difficulties In restitution This shows the multiplicity and diversity of means of recovery, which shows the urgent need to indicate the way for governments, organizations and stakeholders to contribute to the recovery of Iraqi cultural property by determining the mechanisms that can be followed for the recovery of such property, in the chaos of legislation and the lack of knowledge of the mechanisms and means that Through which the Iraqi state can restore its lost heritage as the international legislations concerned have agreed on the right of Iraq to recover its cultural property through national and international means. The legal necessity is to activate the UN Security Council resolutions and regulations. Competent in order to prevent the trafficking of Iraqi cultural property and work to bring it back, and the conclusion of bilateral agreements in order to recover as much as possible from our property located abroad, because some states provide for the need for reciprocity, in order to overcome the obstacles facing the recovery process.

فكرة التعويض العقابي واثرها في المسؤولية المدنية : دراسة مقارنة == The Idea Of Punitive Damages & Its Effect On Civil Liability (Compararative study)

Author name: مها ناجي جاسم
Supervisor name: ظافر حبيب جبارة
General topic: Law
Specific topic: Civil Law
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: Compensation shall always be proportionate to the damage caused by the defendant. Therefore, one of the conditions for compensation is to be equal to the damage. Punitive damages, on the other hand, does not consider the damage to the extent that it considers the mistake. Punitive damages is an exception of the principle of full compensation, for it aims to punish the perpetrator and deter others from doing the same thing. A punitive damages was created by British Common Law. It is described as one of the features of the British judiciary, for the British legislator realized that there are legal cases in which the compensation does not adress the justice. Therefore, the perpetrator deserved more than just a compensation for causing damage, but he must be getting a punitive damages. Meanwhile, this act did not reach the level of crime, which is punishable under the liability system in the criminal law; thus, it was necessary to invent a punitive damages system. Aware of the shortcomings of the civil liability system in some cases, this legislation has legitimized this type of compensation in order to impose it on any reckless behavior that conducted by the defendant, rather than to compensate the plaintiff. Courts believe that composing the plaintiff for the actual damage that he suffered of is insufficient and that the defendant must be punished financially as a result of his bad behavior, and deterring anyone who intends of committing similar behavior in the future. For the purpose of the subject , We divided our research into two sections, In the first chapter, we discussed the concept of punitive compensation and its distinctive characteristics. In the second chapter, the subject of punitive damages in English law and the problems raised by the subject of the research, and we devoted The second of the field of application of punitive compensation in Iraqi law divided into two chapters, we discussed the field of application compensation punitive in the Iraqi judiciary as the first chapter, and allocated the second chapter to the field of application of punitive compensation in Iraqi legislation.

التنظيم القانوني لعقد الدلالة في التشريع العراقي : دراسة مقارنة في ضوء قرارات محكمة التمييز الاتحادية == Legal Regulation Of Brokerage Contract In Iraqi Legislation A Comparative Study In The Light Of Decisions Of The Federal Court Of Cassation

Author name: احمد عكار نزال
Supervisor name: ظافر حبيب جبارة
General topic: Law
Specific topic: Civil Law
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: Brokerage works have a distinct position in economic life, given the need of people, from traders and others, to who is looking for someone be a party to a particular contract, and he shall intervene, as appropriate, in the negotiations necessary for its conclusion, and this is the essence of a broker's work.The broker in this case is doing just a physical act, so he do not conclude the contract which he has mediated on behalf of his client, neither in his name, nor in the name of his client, which is a work exercised by the broker freely, and independently, for his own account, without being subordinate to his client. The Broker's undertaking to work on facilitating the conclusion of the transaction that the Client wishes to complete creates a legal relationship, regulated by a contract, called the brokering contract, it is one of the specific consensual bilateral contracts, which gained a commercial character and entered in to the scope of nominated contracts after the legislator assigned out to regulate its provisions in a special law, namely the Brokerage Act 1987.Although the general rule, is the liberty of will to conclude the contracts, but the Iraqi legislator, preferred to restriction this will to a large extent, whether in the liberty to choose the person who take over the task of mediation of, or in the liberty of arrangement of obligations arising from the contract, as the brokerage is not permissible for all those who wish to practice it, because the law restricts its practice to people of integrity from Iraqis, who have completed the twenty - fifth year of age, and must be fulltime to practice in a commercial place, after getting a commercial name, and obtaining a permit from the competent authority. These conditions of public order, violation of them shall result in invalidity of the contract, and depriving the party pledged in brokering of any right to commission or indemnity resulting from the impossibility of returning the situation to what it was as a result of nullity. In spite of the ordinary terms of brokerage contract which imposes parallel obligations on the contracting parties, the Iraqi legislator obliged the broker to perform the transaction faithfully, as well as the Iraqi legislator obliged him to keep maintain the documents relating to the transaction. The breach of theses duties involve the broker's criminal and civil responsibility.,On the other hand, the Iraqi legislator determined a fixed amount for the remuneration of broker, which the contracting parties can not be agree to the contrary, and he restricts its entitlement by two conditions : concluding of contract which mediated by the broker, and the existence of a link of causality between this conclusion and the broker's efforts, in which, without these efforts, the contract would not have been concluded. But the practical application of the rules governing the remuneration of broker, showed two problems, led to the prejudice towards broker, to the extent that his rights were wasted.The first problem, Relating to broker's remuneration in scope of formal contracts, however he deprive of his remuneration for just undoing completion the formality required by law by one of the parties, the Courts embed this prejudice, by depriving the broker of any compensation for his efforts to conclude the contract, without a legal justification.The second problem relates to the official tariff, which is no longer compatible with the value of transactions that broker mediates in their conclusion, due to the devaluation of the Iraqi currency, compared to its value at the time of the enactment of the law, who as appointed the ratios, on the basis of which the broker's remuneration, and must not exceed one thousand and five hundred dinars, exceeding the commission of the broker, the maximum limit of the remuneration, is considered a criminal offense and administrative, resulting in a fine and the withdrawalof this permit.However, the Iraqi judiciary has subjected the broker's remuneration to its discretionary power, based on a general principle that decides the possibility of changing the provisions, which based on custom or interest, if that custom or interest changes in view of the requirements and variables of life. Undoubtedly, the texts that organized the broker's remuneration, were put in the interest represented by, the reducing the overvaluation, this interest has changed by changing the value of the currency, thus, the Official tariff became an inappropriate standard to exaggeration, on the contrary, it has become a trivial amount, not commensurate with the transactions that are determined according to their value.

مسؤولية المورد المدينة عن مخاطر نقل التكنولوجيا == Civil Liability For Risks of Technology Transfer

Author name: عبد الحسين لوكي زاجي
Supervisor name: طارق كاظم عجيل
General topic: Law
Specific topic: Commercial Law
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: In the technological world we live in, transfer of technology is of great importance. Technologies transferred all over; from an advanced and industrialized country to a poorer developing country, from a developed country to another developed country and among firms in a developed market. The primary means of technology transfer is by imitating and making copies, which are sold on to purchasers. However, there are cases, as I will discuss further, where copying is impossible, or other cases where copying is prohibited. In those cases, technology transfer involves contracting. Agreements of technology transfer may have several methods. For example, license agreement, supply agreement for products protected by intellectual property rights, technical assistance agreement relating to the training needed to use a specified technology and acquisition of a technology based firm.One of the most new dilemma in the 21th century is the rising of technologies, and these type of modern human innovation have a complex side at its invisible hazardous, by its waste or the products that made by using of technology.That mad there is Avery important challenge in some new technologies as well as the flowing : - 1 - Biotechnology, refer to classic bio technology, and nanobiotechnology2 - Nanotechnology, means the nanorobots technology and nanomaterial technology, that deal with atoms and all tiny thing, Nanotechnology has marked its presence in various fields of science and technology. After the first and second generation nanotechnology applications it has open up the door for the possibility of applying in almost any sector of science and technology. Thus with its progress into diverse sectors, it's uses and applications are also diverse, serving a wide range of purposes like food, health and fitness, electronics, medical. Nanotechnologies refer to “technologies of the tiny”. They span domains as diverse as computing, material science, medicine, energy production and storage, etc., bring together fields as varied as physics, chemistry, genetics, information and communication technologies, and cognitive sciences, and should become virtually ubiquitous before long.Nanotechnologies are with us already. Indeed, consumers are already being offered products manufactured with nanotechnologies including cosmetics, clothing, and sporting goods. But, while technology and market analysts alike expect the very small to become very big, nanotechnologies are still emerging.3 - Informationtechnology, the important of this technology is appear at individual actives but it our info at a general web, for that reason it must be regulated in Iraq, By regulation of transfer of technology. As follow : - Bi - Simply put, technology transfer is the process by which a technology, expertise, knowhow or facilities developed by one individual, enterprise or organization is transferred to another individual, enterprise or organization. Effective technology transfer results in of a new product or service or in the improvement of an existing product or process.Depending on the nature of technology and the capacity of the recipient, the process of technology transfer may be simple and straightforward but usually is iterative, collaborative, and fairly complex. In the latter case, it may require the users to acquire new information and skills and change old habits and ways of doing things.ii - It may even require changes in the technology being transferred, to improve the chances of “fit” and optimal performance in the new situation. Technology transfer may happen from country to country, from industry to industry, or from research laboratory to an existing or new business. It may be facilitated by financial or other types of assistance and support that may be provided by government or other agencies at national, regional, local or institutional levels. This article deals with issues such as how is technology transferred; what are the main types of legal contracts for the transfer of technology and what will determine the type of agreement that is entered into by the two parties involved in the technology transfer.The creation or absorption of new technology has become a vital component for companies to improve or maintain their competitive position in the market place. Companies operating in sectors where competition takes place on the basis of price alone, such as the extraction or commercialization of raw materials, may rely on new technologies to improve their efficiency in the extraction of raw materials by improving their productive processes or acquiring new machinery and equipment. They may also use new technology to better commercialize their products or to improve their management structure, control and communication.In other sectors, where the market evolves incessantly as new products with new functions or designs appear on a regular basis, companies are forced to innovate by acquiring or developing new technologies. Technological innovation is therefore a crucial element ofiii - the competitive strategy of any enterprise, big or small, high - tech or low - tech. The ongoing integration of domestic and international markets through continuing deregulation and liberalization of markets has enhanced competitive pressure for all firms, and especially increased the technological needs of small enterprises worldwide while also improving their access to new technologies and capital goods.iv - technology in - house or to obtain it from others. While investing in technology creation may be expensive and risky, as there are many uncertainties linked to the innovation process, it has the advantage ofCpreventing technological dependence on other companies and enables the company to enhance its technological capability and to innovate according to its own specific needs.IN briefly and a finally viewing A technology transfer is any transaction which involves the acquisition of, or the right to lawfully use, specified intellectual property assets developed, owned, and/or controlled by another. Depending on the circumstances, such a transaction will involve not only the intangible legal rights associated with the specific assets, but also will require a transfer of the relatively tangible technology and other confidential information necessary for the legal rights to be properly used and exploited. Simply put, technology transfer is the process by which a technology, expertise, knowhow or facilities developed by one individual, enterprise or organization is transferred to another individual, enterprise or organization. Effective technology transfer results in commercialization of a new product or service or in the improvement of an existing product or process.Depending on the nature of technology and the capacity of the recipient, the process of technology transfer may be simple and straightforward but usually is iterative, collaborative, and comple

المحاكم المختصـة في دعاوى الجنسيـة العراقيـة == The competent Courts in the disputes of Iraqi nationality

Author name: وجود خلف لفتة الزيرجاوي
Supervisor name: اياد مطشر صيهود
General topic: Law
Specific topic: Private International Law
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: الملخصالجنسية الرابطة القانونية والسياسية بين الفرد والدولة، تنفرد الدولة بتنظيم احكامها، ولا سلطة عليها فيما تضعه من قواعد منظمة لهذه المفردة، ولاهميتها اختلفت الدول في اعطاء مرتبة القوة لاحكامها، فبعضها جعلها من اعمال السيادة، ومنع المحاكم من نظرها، في حين ذهب الاتجاه الاخر الى عدها من اعمال الادارة العادية الخاضعة لرقابة القضاء، وهذا الاخير عندما اخضعها للقضاء، ذهب في ذلك مذاهب مختلفة، فبعضها ذهب الى منح الاختصاص للقضاء الاداري، كما في مصر، وجعل كل منازعاتها خاضعة لهذا القضاء، بيد ان بعضها الاخر ذهب الى اختصاص القضاء العادي بها، كما في فرنسا، وهناك اتجاه اخر ذهب الى ان المختص بها هو هيئات او لجان مختصة غير تابعة للقضاء الاداري ولا حتى للقضاء العادي، كما في دولة الكويت وعمان .بعد التغييرات التي حصلت بالنظام في عام 2003، وجد المشرع العراقي نفسه امام قانون جائر للجنسية العراقية، نتج عن تطبيقه حرمان المئات من العراقيين من جنسياتهم بدون سبب، وفي عام 2005 بعد صدور الدستور العراقي، كان قد تضمن احكاما تتعلق بالجنسية العراقية، لم يكن تتضمنها التشريعات السابقة، وبه صدر قانون الجنسية العراقية النافذ لسنة 2006 الذي تضمن الاحكام التي جاء بها الدستور، والتي حرص المشرع فيها على الغاء الاحكام الجائرة الموجودة في القوانين السابقة، ومن ضمن هذه الاحكام نصه على التنظيم القضائي في دعاوى الجنسية العراقية.بيد ان الاتجاه المتبع في العراق غير واضح المعالم كما في تشريعات الدول، بل جاءت النصوص المنظمة لهذا الاختصاص بمصطلحات غير دقيقة، ومعنى غير رصين، لا يبين على وجه الدقة من هي الجهة صاحبة الاختصاص، لذا ثارت الخلافات بين اتجاهات الفقه العراقي، فبعضها ذهب الى ان القضاء الاداري هو المختص، وهو ما متسالم عليه تقريبا، بكون محكمة القضاء الاداري هي من تختص بهذه المنازعات، وبعضها الاخر ذهب الى ان محاكم القضاء العادي هي المختصة بهذه المنازعات، متمثلة بمحكمة البداءة؛ كونها خليفة المحاكم الادارية التي ذكرها المشرع بالنص، هذا من جهة النظر الابتدائي، اما من جهة الطعن في الاحكام الصادرة في دعاوى الجنسية ايضا كان الخلاف سائدا في تحديد الجهة المختصة، فبعضها ذهب على انها المحكمة الاتحادية العليا، وبعضها ذهب على انها محكمة التمييز الاتحادية. | Nationality is a legal relation between the individual and the state. The State has the right and authority to regulate the provisions of nationality and there is no authority over the State to regulate the rules of nationality. For the importance of regulating the provisions of nationality, states different in giving legal force to their provisions. Some countries have considered them from the acts of sovereignty, while others have regard them as normal acts of administration which must be subject to judicial oversight. The jurists have different on the determination of the judicious objection to resolve nationality disputes. Some jurists consider the administrative jurisdiction to be the solution to those disputes as in Egypt. Other jurists consider that the ordinary judiciary is as competent as in France. There is a new trend that assigns the task of resolving disputes to competent committees. These committees are not subject to either the ordinary judiciary or the administrative judicial, as in Kuwait and Oman. The Iraqi legislature has found that the old nationality law is an impartial law that has left many unfair applications. One of those applications, where hundreds of Iraqis are preempted from retaining their nationality for no apparent reason. In 2005, the new Iraqi constitution includes new provisions relating to the regulation of nationality, and accordingly to the Constitution, the Iraqi Nationality Law was issued in force in 2006. The new Iraqi nationality law contains provisions approving the articles of the constitution, in which the legislature is keen to repeal the old unfair verdicts found in previous laws. One of the most important provisions that the legislature referred to is the judicial organization of disputes in cases of nationality. The legal trend applied in Iraq is not clear other than the legislation of other countries. The provisions governing the jurisprudence of sexual disputes are inaccurate and imprecise. Correspondingly, there has been a doctrinal dispute in Iraq. Some jurists consider that the administrative jurisdiction is the judicial competent to resolve disputes, and the Administrative Court is the body authorized to resolve the disputes of nationality. Some of the jurists consider that the court of first instance is the competent court. As for the challenge of judicial decisions relating to the disputes of nationality, there was also a jurisprudential dispute about who is the competent court to receive appearances. Some jurists define the Federal Supreme Court, others choose the Federal Court of Cassation

استبعاد الادلة الجنائية غير المشروعة : دراسة مقارنة == Exclusion of illegal Criminal Evidence (A Comparative Study

Author name: عبد الحسن دويج خفيف
Supervisor name: ناصر كريمش خضر الجوراني
General topic: Law
Specific topic: Criminal Law
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: The leading legal idea in the legislation of criminal procedural laws, is in the balance between the interest of society in the fight against crime, represented by the right of the state to punishment, and the interests of individuals in protecting their rights and freedoms guaranteed by the constitution, these laws take multiple ways to achieve that budget, all of which stem from the principle of criminal legality, that principle that delineates the process of criminal prosecution, which would determine what constitutes acceptable behavior to the parties to the criminal dispute and what is not, and ensure respect for what is imposed by this principle, We have asset of sanctions, come in the forefront of them, exclusion of illegal criminal evidence, through the waste of work contrary to that principle, in terms of its legal effects, and to exclude any potential benefit from that action, the exclusion of illegal criminal evidence in fact is a link between the theory of invalidity on the one hand and the theory of criminal evidence on the other, that is, what is derived from what is contrary to the theory of invalidity can not be accepted in the rules of criminal evidence.The importance of excluding illegal criminal evidence is highlighted by the paucity of the legislative rules governing it, and that they involve as well as substantive a delicate philosophical aspect, the subject of the study is related to many of the principles established in procedural criminal law, the exclusion of illegal criminal evidence is widely applied in the field, the rules of legality of criminal procedure are broad and numerous, and the possibility of violating them is natural and imagined in many cases, it is therefore important to protect the(B(right and freedoms of individuals from the abuse of power, so the subject of the study will be based primarily on what that idea is, through the definition and statement of nature and rationale and legislative status and the most famous discussions on the usefulness and rules and exceptions, this is done by comparing the position of Iraqi law on the one hand, and the United States of America and Egypt on the other.The study concluded that the exclusion of illegal criminal evidence is the basis of the constitution, although not in the explicit texts, as the spirit of the constitution leads to it, because it inters the field of right and freedoms which is the core competence of the constitution, but is the basic goes with it a presence and nothing, when a constitutional legislator establishes a right, the right holder must have access to it, otherwise his words will become, hollow and pointless, it is an increase, the constitutions are distinct from the increase, the exclusion of illegal criminal evidence was the effective means by which the right holder could be entitled to redress, this is based on the fact that the ordinary legislator complies with this basis and ensures that his texts are useful, the study also concluded, that the exclusion of illegal evidence is a means of judicial control, including the penalty imposed on the wrongful procedure and the resulting evidence by stripping it of its legal value, and destroy any effect that results from it, the realization of exclusion also enhances the confidence of individuals in the state, because it ensure that illegal evidence is not accepted, to accepting the defective means before the judiciary to obtain evidence.

اثر القانون الشخصي على قواعد تنازع الاحوال الشخصية == The impact of personal law on the conflict of the personal status rules

Author name: نسرين حسن كوني
Supervisor name: اياد مطشر صيهود
General topic: Law
Specific topic: Private International Law
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: Verily the particular relations amid individuals which are really admixed with foreign element, do need to a conflict rulein self concerning to identifythe required practicable law. It is also including the personal civil affairs which has been selected the personal law to be the required practicable law in it, due to its nature which is definitelycharacterized with stability.That law which has no longer been available after the change which has been carried out by Iraqi nationality law No 26 in 2006 which do ensure the individual right to change nationality. Thus it really imposes on in waytoreorganize the rules concerningthe personal status written down in Iraqi civil law No 40 in 1951 to be in harmony with what are prevailing now.According to that, we herby suggest presenting alternatives and bases dependable for the sake of coping with development and to make conflictrules which are entirely featured with reality and logics.In the past and still therules of conflict of personal statusconcerning marriage located with greatargument in jurisprudence whether between supporter and opponent for two reasons; First of all,that concerned of preferring the husband nationality law to wife's. Secondlyto hold on of the personal nationality law at the time of entering into marriage. Therefore,jurisprudence has suggested presenting alternative laws asfor, will law, and judge law,which a conflict ensued before him.In the same way for theadvantage which is granted by the national law maker to his law whether for the sake forindividuals oreconomy. That may which form a breach to conflict riles which are relied uponpreferring likely best law.Therefore, this is really considered unstable, as for various motives and pretexts behind its confirmation and not be violation in some cases of practicing such as in inheritance which obliged to shift the money of foreigner dead which are existed in a country to the same country incase of no inheritor for him due state is more rightful to any other country, as long as it does not form violation to stableinheritance rules

فسخ الزواج بخيار البلوغ واحكامه في الفقه الاسلامي والقانون الوضعي == Marriage Revocation With the Choice Of Growing Up And Its Rules In The Islamic Jurisprudence And The Positive Law

Author name: سهير قيصر فارس
Supervisor name: حسام عبد الواحد كاظم
General topic: Law
Specific topic: Personal Status Law
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: The Islamic Shari'a (Law) has paid great attention to marriage bondage as one of the most important and most influential certificate in the life of the individual. In addition, it incurs a lot of terms and conditions due to what is legally permissible and impermissible. Among these terms is eligibility. In order to be a valid and effective certificate, it should be issued by an eligible authority as a general rule, though this rule is violated under certain circumstances as to marrying minors by their parents' consent. Such marriages certainly cause harm to minors. In order to achieve the desired goal of marriage, which is affection and compassion and consummation, which cannot be achieved unless the contract is done through a formal proposal of marriage (ijab) and acceptance of the proposal (qabul) of the two parties as chaste and sane adults, having the ability to sign the contract with their free will. When the minors or one of them are unable to set up the contract by themselves but through their guardians(Walis), the contract, despite being correct, is not considered obligatory for lacking the term of the proposal of offer and acceptance of the minor who may have an opinion after passing puberty. Therefore minors under a certain trend of Islamic jurisprudence are entitled to give their opinion of the contract after reaching puberty, either to stay or terminate it. This right is called the "right of puberty".

ضمانات الحدث في الدعوى الجزائية == The Warranties of the Juvenile in the Criminal Action - A Comparative Study

Author name: غسان عبد السادة حسن الحميداوي
Supervisor name: عقيم عزيز عودة
General topic: Law
Specific topic: Criminal Law
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: This study sheds the light on the most important warranties that should be granted to the juvenile committing a crime when is questioned by the law according to the international conventions from the principles and the bases that should be taken into consideration during action. These principles are concerned in giving a portion of juveniles a special care during the stages of penal action.The penal portion is given to the delinquent juveniles is acquired a great care for being related to an accused who did not reach the age that makes him pose a danger. They are usually victims of circumstances and personal factors as well as the environment and weakness or to the incomplete psychological or physical structure.Therefore, the special procedures of trail of the juvenile on the basis on base that is different from these of the adults’ trail. Then, the penal procedures represent exception from the general rule of the penal procedures. He study shows the attitude legislations from special international trails of juvenile action.The study concludes that among the most important warrantees of the juvenile in the advanced stage of the trail is the existence of the investigation or inspection bodies that are concerned in dealing with the juveniles as well as making personal studies. The arrest of juveniles should be an exceptional procedure for the shortest duration possible. It should be held in places concerned with the juveniles care and rehabilitation. In addition to that, there are special warrantees the juveniles such as the warrantee of the juveniles’ right to his parent’s presence, to appoint an attorney, assuming his innocence and respecting his privacy.The study also concludes the necessity that the juveniles tribunals should be formed mutually combining the legal and the sociological members. The most important warrantees that the juveniles should have in trail is the secrecy of the procedures, and the conduction of organic, psychological and sociological examination of the juveniles before the trial, in addition to other warrantees related to the ensuring his right in defending himself and applying the system of stay of execution and the simplification of procedures of trail as well as not permitting to execute him.For the most important warrantees of the subsequent stage of the juveniles’ trial we conclude in the study is the judicial supervision over the execution of the procedures issued against the juveniles and the necessity of executing the procedures of imprisonment in juvenile - concerned institutions in which they are rehabilitated according to scientific programs, in addition to the importance of applying the system of conditional release of juveniles by the freedom - depriving procedures for the positive results that resulted from applying the system.In addition to the above, there are important warrantees that are related to the subsequent care programs which the juveniles should be subjected to as a complementary treatment of the rehabilitating institution.

المسؤولية الجنائية الناشئة عن التظاهرات : دراسة مقارنة == The Criminal Responsibulity Created by Demonstration A Comparative Study

Author name: ازهار عويني عبد الرضا الحمداني
Supervisor name: عقيل عزيز عودة
General topic: Law
Specific topic: Criminal Law
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: يتلخص بحثنا الموسوم (المسؤولية الجنائية الناشئة عن التظاهرات - دراسة مقارنة) بان الافراد في المجتمع مهما تنوعت فئاتهم ومستوياتهم انما يجمعهم المصير المشترك والمصلحة العامة ، وهم بحاجة الى التعبير عن رايهم والتصريح بمطالبهم ، فكان الخروج الى الطريق العام في شكل تظاهرات هو احدى طرق التعبير عن الراي, وقد يكون مصحوبا بالهتاف ورفع اللافتات والشعارات كوسيلة للضغط على السلطة الدولة بهدف تحقيق مصالحهم المشتركة , الا ان بعض مظاهر التعبير عن الراي في التظاهرات تشكل جرائم يعاقب عليها لما تتضمنه من تهديد لامن الدولة او قذف او اهانة , او اعاقة المرور , الا ان المشرع قد يبيح بعض هذه الافعال في اثناء التظاهرات وفق ضوابط يضعها ، وبموجبها يتم تحديد متى تتوافر الاباحة، فاذا خالفت تلك الافعال ضوابطها تلك تكون قد جاوزت حدود الاباحة , واكتسب الفعل فورا" صفة عدم المشروعية مما يرتب المسؤولية الجنائية . هذا مما يدفع السلطة العامة الى فض التظاهرات وتفريقها بالقوة وفق ضوابط ومعايير قانونية ، مما قد يتسبب فى وقوع اصابات وقتل وفي المقابل قد تثور مسؤوليتهم في حالة تجاوز الحدود المقررة لاستخدام القوة .ومن هنا تبرز اهمية هذه الحرية في المجال الجنائي , فلا تعد ممارسة حرية التظاهر جريمة ، لان القاعدة وفقا لمبدا الشرعية ان لا جريمة ولا عقوبة الا بنص ، الا ان ما يترتب على الخروج عن الضوابط التظاهرات سواء من قبل الافراد العاديين ام افراد السلطة العامة ، تتمثل بافعال وسلوكيات غير مشروعة ومحظورة يعاقب عليها القانون .وتكمن مشكلة الدراسة في ان التظاهرات وان كانت شكلا من اشكال التعبير فان ذلك قد لايجعل من هذه الالية حقا مشروعا للافراد يتيح لهم التعبير عن مواقفهم وارائهم بكل حرية حيث انه بالمقابل نجد حق الدولة في فرض نظامها وبسط امنها على كافة مواطنيها بواسطة القوانين التي تقنن هذه الحرية وتضع حدا لها, وتتجلى مشكلة البحث في ان هل وجود هذه النصوص كاف لممارستها من قبل الافراد، ام ان هناك واجبا يتمثل بالانصياع الى التشريعات الاخرى ذات الصلة بحرية التظاهر لتحديد مسؤولية من يسئ استخدامها ، وهل كان المشرع موفقا في وضع مثل هذه الخطوات الواجب اتباعها عند ممارسته هذه الحرية .وقد تم تقسيم هذه الدراسة على مبحث تمهيدي وثلاثة فصول , خصص المبحث التمهيدي للبحث في الاساس القانوني للتظاهرات , ومن ثم تناول الفصل الاول ماهية التظاهرات من خلال تعريفها وضوابطها العامة المادية والغائية . اما الفصل الثاني فقد بحثنا فيه المسؤولية الجنائية للمتظاهرين من خلال بيان حدود الاباحة والتجريم في التظاهرات والتطبيقات مسؤولية المتظاهرين. اما الفصل الثالث فقد تناولنا فيه المسؤولية الجنائية لافراد السلطة العامة من خلال بيان استخدام افراد السلطة العامة للقوة في حدود الاباحة والتجريم والتطبيقات المسؤولية افراد السلطة العامة . واخيرا فقد اختتمنا الرسالة بخاتمة اشتملت على اهم النتائج والتوصيات التي رايناها ضرورية لاخذها بالاعتبار عند النظر بمشروع قانون التظاهر في العراق .وقد تم التوصل الى عدة نتائج منها , ان التظاهرات تجمع ثابت او متحرك للافراد في الطرق والاماكن العامة , وان لها طبيعة خاصة تنعكس على التنظيم القانوني , وان التظاهر وفق القانون العراقي لايتم الا بتصريح من الادارة , وان التشريع النافذ في العراق لم ينظم المسؤولية الجنائية للمتظاهرين بشكل واضح ودقيق , ولم يتناول مسؤولية الشرطة بشكل مطلق . اما اهم التوصيات, فتتمثل في تاييد الباحث لنظام الاخطار من دون الترخيص, واللجوء الى جهة محايدة كالقضاء لتقدير خطرها على النظام العام ومنعها , والدعوة الى عدم اقرار مشروع القانون لانه يمس جوهر الحرية ويقيدها , وضرورة اعادة صياغته بالتنسيق مع منظمات المجتمع المدني, بالشكل الذي تحدد فيه مسؤولية المتظاهرين بشكل دقيق , وتنظيم مسؤولية الشرطة والنص على اصدار تعليمات واظحة ومحددة بشان استخدام القوة في التظاهرات .واخيرا ادعو الله تعالى ان اكون قد وفقت في اعطاء موضوع البحث حقه، فان فعلت فنعمة من الله تعالى ، وان لم افعل فبشر يخطئ اكثر مما يصيب , والله ولي التوفيق | Our thesise entitled (The Criminal Responsibulity Create by Demostration - A Comparative Study) Summarized in , The individuals in the society, regardless of their different categories and levels, are united by common destiny and the public interest. They need to express their views and make their decisions. Going out to the public road in the form of demonstrations is one of the most important ways to express of opinion, and may be accompanied by cheering and raising signs and slogans , as a means of exerting pressure on State to achieve your common interests. However, some manifestations of opinion in the demonstrations constitute crimes punishable by the threats it poses to the security of the state or the flagellation or insult, or obstruction of traffic, but the legislator may allow some of these actions during the demonstrations according to the regulations put them. Under which it is determined when the availability is available, and if the violation of those acts its controls that have exceeded the limits of permissibility.And the act immediately gained the status of illegality, which placed criminal responsibility, which forces the public authority to disperse and disperse the demonstrations by force according to legal controls and legal standards. Which could cause injuries and murder and in return may be their responsibility in case of exceeding the limits set for the use of force. Hence, the importance of this freedom in the field of criminalization would not consider the exercise of freedom of demonstration is a crime, because the rule according to the principle of legality that the crime and punishment are only by text. However, the consequences of breaking out of the control of demonstrations, whether by ordinary individuals or members of the public authority, represented by illegal acts and behaviors are punishable by law. - The problem of this study is that the misuse of freedom of protest, which is one of the most dangerous methods used by those who tamper with it, is manifested in how to distinguish between peaceful demonstration as a freedom aimed at improving the situation and demonstrating as a means of demolishing society and opposing any decision or action. To the Constitution and the Law. This study was divided into introductory and three chapters. The introductory course was devoted to research on the legal basis for demonstrations. The first topic studies the core of administration , its definition and its material and non - material general controls. The second chapter, in which we discussed the criminal responsibility of the demonstrators through showing the limits of permissibility and criminalization in the demonstrations, and we devoted to the applications of the responsibility of the demonstrators . Chapter three dealt with the criminal responsibility of the police, through showing the use of force by the police force to the limits of permissibility and criminalization , and the applications of police responsibility.Finally, we concluded the thesis with a conclusion that included the most important conclusions and recommendations that we considered necessary to take into account when considering the draft law of demonstration in Iraq. It has been connected to several results, including that the demonstrations a fixed gathering or a mass of people in the roads and public places, and have a special nature reflected on the legal organization, and that the demonstration under Iraqi law is carried out but by authorization by the administration. And that the in force legislation does not regulate the criminal responsibility of demonstrators as clearly and accurately, and does not address the responsibility of the police absolutely. As for the most important recommendations, is the researc support to the system of notification without authorization, and recourse to a neutral body such as the judiciary to assess the danger to public order and to prevent it. And calling for not to adopt the draft law because it touches the essence of freedom and restrict it, and there is a need to reformulate it in coordination with civil society organizations, in a manner that determines the responsibility of the demonstrators accurately, and regulate the responsibility of the police and the provision of instructions on the use of force in demonstrations.

المركز القانوني للممثل الخاص للامين العام للامم المتحدة : دراسة تطبيقية على ممثل الامين العام للامم المتحدة في العراق == Legal Status Of The Special Representative For The Secretary - General Of The United Nations

Author name: نجدي محي دهيمي
Supervisor name: محمد ثامر مخاط السعدون
General topic: Law
Specific topic: Public International Law
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: The Special Representative will lead the UN Secretary General functions mostly as President of integrated mission, to support him through several agencies, programmes and funds belong to The United Nations in order to achieve goals and objectives determined on which the nature of the mission described as civilian or military nature, noting the evolution and multiple functions and tasks according to the need for them as the international situation, the situation might be related to situations of armed conflict, have regard Promoting peace and support development programs.This was a result of the guide the thinking of the international community to establish better system and effective to substitute what existed before. The most popular mechanism to achieve it was the UN mission and special representative of the Secretary General of the United Nations upon decision of the Security Council as an international officer declares to according to the legal system of the world Organization. Resulting in international mechanism prospered in conjunction with the ongoing transformation of the international system. The International Labor Association, which is a special representation of the Secretary - General of the United Nations as one of its important applications in international events, has many implications and consequences, such as that of the rights and powers of the Special Representative and the obligations and obligations imposed on him. These rights and duties are either determined by the Charter establishing the United Nations and the domestic legislation and regulations of its departments, in particular those relating to personnel matters. Or include the headquarters agreements, declarations and international resolutions commensurate with what distinguishes the Special Representative as an international official with certain characteristics. Thus, these rights and duties are divided into those of an international official who is governed by the provisions of internationalAbstract .......................................................................................... Blaw in view of his or her international character, as well as the nature of the title he holds as an officer performing his functions for the benefit of the United Nations. These rights and duties are varied on the basis of multitasking Which are essentially the same as the obligation of neutrality and impartiality, as well as the mandate of the World Organization.Iraq has been - and still is - one of the Special Representative's most famous fields of work, and has witnessed the relationship Between Iraq and the United Nations has developed significantly in the years following the events of August 1990, after the relations between Iraq and the international community had been generally spoiled during the last three decades preceded 2003, Because of the foreign policies of the Iraqi political system at the internal and external levels, which led to Iraq being subject to dozens of resolutions issued under Chapter VII of the Charter, including comprehensive economic sanctions that resulted in economic and financial burdens, as well as prejudice to the sovereignty of Iraq. However, these decisions took on another dimension after 2003, starting with Resolution No. 1476 of 2003, which included the mandate of the Secretary - General of the United Nations, Mr. Kofi Annan, to administer the oilfor - food program, and Resolution No. 1483 of 2003 to lift the sanctions imposed on Iraq and authorize the Coalition authority to run the political process. Then to the resolution No. (1500) for the year 2003 concerning the establishment of the United Nations Mission and the appointment of a special envoy to the Secretary - General of the United Nations for its administration. These resolutions have mandated the UN to intervene in the various political, economic and administrative fields in the light of some of the mechanisms adopted by the Organization in accordance with international resolutions and covenants. These resolutions ,and covenants made clear the rights and powers of the Special Representative in Iraq, as well as his duties.

الضوابط الدستورية لسياسة التجريم : دراسة مقارنة == Constitutional criterias on the policy of criminalization : Comparative Study

Author name: محمد عبد الحسين شنان الموسوي
Supervisor name: عمار تركي عطية الحسيني
General topic: Law
Specific topic: Criminal Law
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: لكل دولة نظامها الدستوري الخاص بها, الذي يجب ان يتضمن المبادئ العامة لنظام الحكم, ويبين السلطات في الدولة ويحدد اختصاصاتها, ويحمي الحقوق والحريات, ويعمل الدستور على تحديد الضوابط التي يتعين على السلطات العامة الالتزام بها عند ممارستها لاختصاصاتها الدستورية. وقد ارست الدساتير في الكثير من دول العالم, ضوابط يتحتم على المشرع الجنائي التقيد بها عند ممارسته لسلطته في التجريم, وهذه الضوابط منها مايرد بشكل صريح في صلب الوثيقة الدستورية كمبدا (لا جريمة ولا عقوبة الا بنص), ومبدا (عدم رجعية القانون الجنائي على الماضي), ومنها ما يرد بصورة ضمنية تستشف من خلال الاطار الدستوري العام للحقوق والحريات, كضابط (الضرورة والتناسب في التجريم). ولهذه الضوابط اهمية بالغة في اطار سياسة التجريم, كون ان هذه السياسة تنال من حقوق وحريات الافراد بشكل كبير, وان من شان عدم وجود ضوابط دستورية يتقيد بها المشرع ان تتعرض تلك الحقوق والحريات الى المساس اما بمصادرتها او التقليل من فاعليتها, كما ان الدول, ولاسيما العراق, تشهد حاليا نهضة تشريعية في مجالات عديدة, ولضمان سلامة هذه التشريعات, يجب ان تكون الاخيرة متفقة مع الضوابط والمبادئ الدستورية, ولاسيما ان قانون العقوبات العراقي صدر في عام 1969, واصبحت الحاجة ملحة لتعديل العديد من احكامه بما يتفق والدستور الدائم الصادر سنة 2005. واذا كانت سلطة المشرع الجنائي, تتسم بالتقدير؛ فان سلطته في هذا المجال مقيدة بوجوب الالتزام بمبادئ الدستور الخاصة بالتجريم, ومن هنا تظهر مشكلة الدراسة, اذ قد تتجاوز السلطة التشريعية او التنفيذية حدود اختصاصها, وتحاول المساس بالقيمة الدستورية لحقوق الانسان وحرياته عن طريق التجريم, معتمدة في ذلك على السلطات المخولة لها, هذا من جانب, ومن جانب اخر ان السلطة المكلفة بعملية التجريم قد تمد نطاق التجريم ليشمل افعالا ليست بتلك الخطورة التي تهدد امن المجتمع وسلامته, الامر الذي يدفعنا الى التساؤل عن ماهية الضوابط الدستورية التي يستند اليها المشرع الجنائي في صياغة نص التجريم ؟ وهل واكب الدستور العراقي لسنة 2005 التطورات التي لحقت بسياسة التجريم, او انه بقي على الحال الذي كانت عليه دساتير ما قبل عام 2003؟ وما دور القضاء الدستوري تجاه الضوابط الدستورية لسياسة التجريم, ولاسيما القضاء الدستوري العراقي؟ وقد تناولنا هذه الدراسة من خلال ثلاثة فصول, تطرقنا في الفصل الاول الى اهم المبادئ الدستورية لنص التجريم, والتي يجب على المشرع الجنائي ان لا يحيد عنها في كل الاحوال, واهمها مبدا شرعية الجرائم والعقوبات, تكلمنا عنه في المبحث الاول, ومبدا عدم رجعية قانون العقوبات على الماضي, وذلك في المبحث الثاني , وفي نطاق الفصل الثاني بحثنا الضرورة والتناسب في سياسة التجريم, حيث ان المشرع الجنائي يرتكز على ضابط الضرورة والتناسب وهو بصدد احداث التوازن بين حماية الحقوق والحريات من جهة وحماية المصلحة العامة من جهة اخرى, وقد درسنا في المبحث الاول ماهية الضرورة التناسب في سياسة التجريم, وفي اطار المبحث الثاني تناولنا اثر غاية التجريم ومعياره على الضرورة والتناسب, وبحثنا في اطار الفصل الثالث والاخير ضمانات التزام سياسة التجريم بالضوابط الدستورية, حيث ان ترك تحديد الجرائم والعقوبات لاختصاص السلطة التشريعية لا يعني ان هذه السلطة لها حرية مطلقة في هذا المجال, وانما هي مقيدة بالحدود التي رسمتها المبادئ الواردة في الدساتير, ومن اجل ضمان التقيد بتلك المبادئ, فان الرقابة على دستورية نصوص التجريم تؤدي دورا بارزا في هذا المضمار, وعلى هذا الاساس تناولنا في المبحث الاول حدود سلطة المشرع الجنائي تجاه الحقوق والحريات, وفي نطاق المبحث الثاني, درسنا الرقابة على دستورية نصوص التجريم. وفي نهاية المطاف توصلنا من خلال هذه الدراسة, الى جملة استنتاجات من اهمها : ان المشرع العراقي قد سمح بفكرة التفويض التشريعي في مجال التجريم, في الدستور وقانون العقوبات على حد سواء, كذلك توصلنا الى ان الضرورة في التجريم يراد بها الاسباب او المبررات التي تدور في ذهن المشرع, والتي تدفعه الى تجريم اشكال معينة من سلوكيات الانسان, بهدف حماية المصالح الاجتماعية الجديرة بالاعتبار. اما التناسب في التجريم, فهو العلاقة بين ضرورة التجريم (الهدف من التجريم), والعقوبة المقررة للجريمة (اثر التجريم), بحيث تكون العقوبة ضرورية لمواجهة الجريمة؛ لتحقيق اهدافها المتمثلة بالردع العام والردع الخاص وتحقيق العدالة. وقد اقترحنا في هذه الدراسة على المشرع العراقي ان يتبنى نظام ( ازدواج قانون العقوبات), بدلا من نظام (وحدة قانون العقوبات), اذ يقتصر قانون العقوبات على ذكر الجنايات والجنح, بينما تكون فئة المخالفات في اطار مجموعة مستقلة يمكن ان نسميها بقانون العقوبات الاداري, وكذلك وصينا المشرع الجنائي بان يضع نصوصا جنائية تملك من الكفاية والفاعلية ما يمكنها من مواجهة فاعلية التطور الاجرامي واساليب ارتكابه في ظل الاجرام المستحدث | Each State shall have its own constitutional system, which shall include the general principles of the system of government. It shall set out the powers of the State and determine its competencies. It shall protect the rights and freedoms. The Constitution shall specify the regulations to be complied with by the public authorities in the exercise of their constitutional powers. In many countries of the world, constitutions have established controls that the criminal legislator must adhere to when exercising his authority to criminalize them. Such controls are explicitly included in the constitutional document as a principle (nullum crimen sine lege) and the principle of " ), Including implicitly revealed through the general constitutional framework of rights and freedoms, as an officer (necessity and proportionality in criminalization). These restrictions are of great importance in the context of the criminalization policy, since this policy severely infringes upon the rights and freedoms of individuals. The absence of constitutional regulations that the legislator complies with can undermine or diminish the effectiveness of these rights and freedoms. Iraq is witnessing a legislative renaissance in many areas. In order to ensure the safety of these legislations, the latter must be in conformity with the constitutional rules and principles. In particular, the Iraqi Penal Code was promulgated in 1969 and many of its provisions have been amended to comply with the permanent constitution of 2005. While the authority of the criminal legislator is appreciated, its authority in this area is constrained by the obligation to abide by the principles of the Constitution on criminalization. Hence, the problem of the study is that the legislative or executive branch may go beyond its jurisdiction and attempt to violate the constitutional value of human rights and freedoms through criminalization, On the one hand, and on the other, that the authority in charge of the criminalization process may extend the scope of criminalization to include acts that are not such a threat to the security and safety of society, which leads us to ask what the constitutional controls on which the legislator Jinn In drafting the text of the criminalization? Did the 2005 Iraqi constitution comply with developments in the criminalization policy, or did it remain the same as the pre - 2003 constitutions? What is the role of the constitutional judiciary towards the constitutional controls of the criminalization policy, especially the Iraqi constitutional judiciary? We discussed this study in three chapters. In Chapter 1, we discussed the most important constitutional principles of the criminalization text, which the criminal legislator must not derogate from in all cases, the most important of which is the principle of the legality of crimes and punishments. In the second section, and in the second chapter we discussed the necessity and proportionality in the policy of criminalization, since the criminal legislator based on the officer of necessity and proportionality and is in the balance between the protection of rights and freedoms on the one hand and the protection of public interest on the other, What is the necessity of rotation In Chapter II, we discussed the effect of criminalization on the necessity and proportionality. In the third and final chapter, we examined the guarantees of the policy of criminalization of constitutional restrictions, since leaving the definition of crimes and penalties to the jurisdiction of the legislative authority does not mean that this authority has absolute freedom in this In order to ensure adherence to these principles, the control over the constitutionality of criminalization provisions plays a prominent role in this regard. On this basis, we discussed in the first part the limits of the authority of the criminal legislator towards rights and Reat, and in the scope of the second topic, we studied control over the constitutionality of the provisions of criminalization. In the end, we reached, through this study, a number of conclusions, the most important of which : The Iraqi legislator has allowed the idea of legislative authority in the field of criminalization, both in the Constitution and the Penal Code, and we have concluded that the necessity of criminalization intended for reasons or The mind of the legislator, which leads to the criminalization of certain forms of human behavior, in order to protect the social interests worthy of consideration. The proportionality of criminalization is the relationship between the need for criminalization (the purpose of criminalization) and the penalty prescribed for the offense (the effect of criminalization), so that the punishment is necessary to confront the crime; to achieve its objectives of public deterrence and deterrence. In this study, we have proposed that the Iraqi legislature adopt a system of double criminality instead of the Penal Code. The Penal Code is limited to mentioning crimes and misdemeanors, while the category of offenses within an independent group can be called the Administrative Penal Code. We have also instructed the criminal legislator to put in place sufficient and effective criminal texts to enable it to deal with the effectiveness of criminal development and the methods of committing it under the new criminality.

التدابير الدولية المضادة للفساد الاداري واثرها في التشريعات العراقية == International Regulation of Anti Administrative Corruption and their effect in the Iraqi legislation

Author name: حميدة علي جابر
Supervisor name: محمد ثامر مخاط السعدون
General topic: Law
Specific topic: Constitutional Law
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: Corruption and various forms is an international and internal character of the crime, a phenomenon of countries affected all have not spared any of the communities did not distinguish between a developed country and the other backward has this phenomenon been associated with the presence of humanitarian, an ancient but worsened recently.There is no specific definition of administrative corruption, which means the existence of problematic when researchers in the filming of this term and expression as well as avoid the delegates at the United Nations Convention against Corruption to adopt a comprehensive definition of corruption and limited to business Rea said the course agreement not to give a comprehensive definition of corruption course Mahmoud fearing that lead differences political, economic and cultural relations between countries not to adopt the Convention and to respond to future cases images disclosed administrative system.The research topic of important topics that dealt with the impact of preventive and curative measures adopted by the United Nations Convention against Corruption and other conventions and highlight the importance of this issue in thatthere is no study on this topic specifically which there is not a study looked at the anti - corruption administrative and their impact on legislation and international measures Iraqi precisely in spite of the existence of studies on administrative corruption and its effects and ways to treat some of which dealt with Iraqi legislation which provided for the anti - corruption ways and preventive or therapeutic but did not address the international dimension and the impact of international measures to combat corruption at this legislation. Measures of international anticorruption impact in Iraqi legislation and that the Iraqi legislator with regard to crimes of corruption came in principle compatible with the United Nations Convention against Corruption, whether at the level of general laws or laws did not move away from the provisions of the Convention only as an exception.

موازنة المحافظة غير المنتظمة في اقليم : دراسة مقارنة == The conservative budget for non - regular in the Territory of (Comparative Study)

Author name: جين ياسر حسين
Supervisor name: علي هادي عطية الهلالي
General topic: Law
Specific topic: Administrative Law
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: Balancing is the preservation of one of the most important financial instruments owned by local governments , it is played by the nets to measure the level of democratic practice and which is also the determination of the level of the financial and administrative independence to maintain , and which is the social, economic and cultural consequences of unwanted pregnancies by a policy of maintaining the development which should not interfere in principle with the general policy of the State in all fields and the fact that in the field of applied affects all fields they reflect the overall activity of the county , but honestly a mirror of philosophy and the political, economic and social development of the executive authority and objectives of the local and reflect the economic life and to maintain , and thus they represent the best instrument for local decision - making use of the resources available to maintain in accordance with The priorities of the annual plan, which must be in conformity with the policy priorities of the federal State.The budget of the county is the basic document that reflects the extent of the financial independence to maintain which in turn lead to administrative autonomy including lead as a whole to the proper application of the administrative decentralization regime established by the legislature the Iraqi constitution , where the governorates of non - regular territory governed by a decentralized system of both the political and administrative has made the lawmaker difference between political decentralization of administrative decentralization is the difference in the degree and extent and not the difference in nature and substance on the basis that they were both expressions of a single idea and decentralization, including what the multiplicity of in the centers of power , the governorates of non - regular in the region have the right to the issuance of specific legislation on the administrative and financial functioning within the limits of the governorate , spatialdistribution of the legislative authority and is part of the political authorities located within the decentralization policy Consequently, budget (local) to maintain is the local law issued a financial jurisdiction to maintain non - regular in the region , if they are Act of the local legislature.Proceeding from the above discussed the stages of the preparation of the budget of the county and the extent of its independence in the stages of the preparation of the dependence of the local legislature also discussed the budget submission for ratification by the executive authority of the federal government through its reunification with the general budget of the federal government as the legislation from the governorate council which the text of the constitution in paragraph V of the article (122) (not subject to the governorate council and the control or supervision of a ministry or non - linked to the ministry) also the text of paragraph (ii ) of article II and the law of the Governorates of non - regular in the region that the Governorate Council and subject to the control of the House of Representatives, further research in the independence of the preservation of the implementation of its budget, through the examination of the authority granted to the heads of the administrative units and their implementation , as well as the search in the multilateral oversight under which the budget after implementation.

دور المجني عليه في المسؤولية الجنائية : دراسة مقارنة == The Role of The Victim in The Criminal Responsibility : Comparison Study

Author name: صادق يوسف خلف الياسري
Supervisor name: عمار تركي عطية الحسيني
General topic: Law
Specific topic: Criminal Law
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: It became clear to us through this study to understand the phenomenon of criminal and stand on the causes, not only on the study of the behavior of the offender and his willingness innate social composition of the commission of the crime stop, but one must look at the victim and the extent of his role in the crime committed against him, as the study showed that the victim it contributes in some way to the creation of the idea of the crime or facilitate the offender, for example, we noticed that in the case of legitimate defense contributes to the victim in the emergence of the danger spot illegal toward the defender (attacker), forcing the latter to repel that threat and thus a crime, and we also find in the case of a serious provocation to the offender and caused by the victim, as is the case in a crime caught in the act of adultery, as it leads to a state of anger and intense emotion to the offender stricture freedom of choice leading to the commission of the crime, and there are quite a fraction of the crimes contributes to the victim in the occurrence, has part of it was clarified in this study.The study of the role of the victim in the criminal responsibility was not limited to the area of criminality, but also included the role of the victim in the estimation of the sentence, through a more severe punishment on the offender for some reason the availability recipe especially the victim, or the existence of a relationship linking the perpetrator to the victim, the legislator believes is inappropriate to turn a blind eye about it, because it discloses (shows) the gravity of the crime and the seriousness of the offender and the victim at other times reduces punishment for the perpetrator or stop into force, the desire of the Criminal legislator to maintain and strengthen the family's interest.And also in the field estimate punishment, this study provides a list of criminal legislator of victim Ctmaliyn who are more likely than others to fall victim to a crime, and therefore the legislature to intervene to protect them and provide them with protection criminal.In the end of this study, we had many recommendations and results .One of these results is that the victim plays a role in allowancing some of the criminal acts in the case of legitimate Right, The danger posed by the victim is described as current and illegal in addition of the inability of the defender to take over the public authority to repel that danger then the defender's action is necessary and therefore the right of legitimate is being available here. But the act of the defender must be commensurate with the act of aggression; otherwise, it would become a transgressor of the right. By the way, one of our recommendations in this study, we suggest that the Iraqi legislature make the review on the Article 422of the Iraqi Penal Code,by using the term (Child) instead of juvenile, Even children under the nine age

وقف الحصة الشائعة واحكامه : دراسة مقارنة في الفقه الاسلامي والقانون الوضعي == WAQF OF COMMON SHARE AND ITS RULINGS COMPARATIVE STUDY

Author name: مجيد محسن ناصر
Supervisor name: حسام عبد الواحد كاظم
General topic: Law
Specific topic: Personal Status Law
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: The Islamic law defines Waqf as a way of keeping things as it is and liberation of its benefit.Legally, it is defined as unilateral conduct for whoever in charge in waqf, whereas Muslim scholars permit waqf of the common share and transfer its property and partnership as a full - authorized ownership. On the other hand, Iraqi legislator does not regulate the waqf of common share. Moreover, Iraqi judicial has already issued the waqf of common share on the ground of general common rules. Nevertheless, Iraqi jurist allows the waqf of common share by any one of the partners.Therefore, to explain the value and importance of waqf, this thesis is going to be divided into three chapters. The first is dedicated to the meaning of common share's waqf; this is divided into two sections : the definition of waqf of common share, and the condition of waqf.The second chapter deals with the formation of the waqf of common share's contract and its modes. This chapter is divided into two sections; the first section is about the formation of the agreement of waqf, and the second section is about the modes of waqf of common share.The third chapter deals with the state of waqf of common share; hence, it is divided into two sections : the first explains the management of common share, while the second section explains the division of the common share that is partially kept.

الحماية الدولية للعاملين في اجهزة العدالة == International protection for workers in the justice agencies

Author name: علي كاظم عبد جاسم الغزي
Supervisor name: محمد ثامر مخاط السعدون
General topic: Law
Specific topic: Public International Law
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: تنطوي مهمة اقامة العدل على مخاطر جمة ايسرها التزام الحياد, وامضاها مواجهة السلطة . بينما تنصرف الحماية الدولية الى تحديد نوع الخطر وجهته الذي يهدد العاملين في اجهزة العدالة وتقرير ما يمكن للوقاية منه او تقليل خطورته . ان مفهوم الاستقلال, يختلف من المحامي الى القضاة الى الادعاء العام, فالاول يمكن ان يكون واجبات والتزامات . وفي الثاني يمكن ان يكون توفير كل ما من شانه ان يجعل من القضاء سلطة بموازاة السلطات الاخرى, وضمان عدم التدخل والتاثير في قرارات واحكام القضاة . اما الادعاء العام, فان مفهوم الاستقلال يكون بتحديد علاقته بجميع الاطراف التي يتعامل معها, من قضاة ومحامين واطراف الدعوى الاخرين . وعليه فان الموضوع وان يتناول مفردة بهذا المعنى, الا انها تختلف من حيث المضمون . كذلك فان هذا الامر ينطبق على صور الحماية الاخرى, من تنظيم الخدمة, الى ضمان الحريات الاساسية, جميع هذه الامور وان يشترك بها جميع العاملين في اجهزة العدالة, الا ان لكل منها معنا خاصا بها مع عدم اغفال ان هناك مشتركات كثيرة, بين مفاهيم البحث يجعل من الربط بينها اظهار ان العدالة, وحدة واحدة تتكامل بتكامل عناصرها . وهكذا مثلا لا تجد, دولة ليس فيها نقابة محامين, بغض النظر عن تبعية هذه النقابة, الا انه في الوقت نفسه, تجد كثير من البلدان ليس فيها تجمع مهني للقضاة والادعاء العام . لذا تجد ان البحث حاول بيان هذه المفاهيم, واعطاء خصوصية لكل مفردة . وبعد ان تناول البحث الصكوك الدولية والاقليمية الخاصة بالموضوع, بالتحليل والشرح وبيان ما هو الاقرب منها لموضوع الحماية وما هو الانسب, استعاض البحث عن القرارات القضائية بما اورده المقرر الخاص, من رسائل ونداءات عاجلة في كل ما يخص الموضوع, والتي تعتبر دراسة معمقة لاحوال الدول القانونية . وحاول البحث التطرق للتشريعات العراقية الخاصة بالموضوع, ليبين مدى مطابقة هذه التشريعات مع المعايير والمبادئ الدولية, ليعطي للمشرع العراقي ومن يشملهم البحث رؤية واضحة عن مدى ملائمة هذه التشريعات مع القانون الدولي, الذي نامل ان ياخذ بها المعنيون . | Involve significant administration of justice on the enormous risks easiest commitment to neutrality, and he spent the face of power. While goes international protection to determine the type of danger that threatens his part and Justice Foundation and determine what can to prevent it or minimize the seriousness . Judges, lawyers, public prosecutors, with the same rights enjoyed by any other human being, but it must ensure in particular to protect them, because they are guarantors for the enjoyment of others of these rights, it is not available to workers in the justice systems, independence and impartiality of the judicial system becomes arbitrary and become a tool in the hands of other powers, especially the executive branch, and we will see that the concept of independence, differs from the lawyer, the judges, the public prosecutor, in first, it could be the duties and obligations. In the second, it can be, providing everything you would, that makes the judiciary authority in parallel with other authorities, and to ensure non - interference and influence in the decisions, and the provisions of the judges. The latter, we mean the public prosecution, the concept of independence, the Select relationship, all parties with which it deals, judges, lawyers, and other parties to the suit. Accordingly, the subject, and that deals with a single, in the same sense, but they differ in terms of content. Also, this thing applies to other forms of protection, of the service organization, to ensure basic freedoms, such as the right to freedom of expression, professional and assembly, to immunity, and accountability, all of these things, though shared by all employees of the justice agencies, but each her own sense of them, not forgetting, if there are many participants, between the concepts of research, makes the link between them, to show that justice, and a single unit, the integration of complementary elements. Thus, for example, you do not find, that is not a country where union lawyers, regardless of the subordination of this union, but at the same time, you find a lot of countries, which is not a professional association of judges, and public prosecutors. So you find that search, try to explain these concepts, giving the privacy of each individual . international and regional instruments on the subject, analysis, annotation, and a statement that is closest to them, the subject matter of protection, and what is the most appropriate, replaced the search for judicial decisions, including the report by the Special Rapporteur of the letters and urgent appeals, both in terms of subject, which is an in - depth study of the legal conditions of countries. And tried to search, Iraqi legislation addressed, the Iraqi constitutions, to the ordinary laws, to show the compatibility of such legislation, standards, and international principles, to give the Iraqi lawmaker, is covered by the search, a clear vision, how much appropriate legislation, with international law, which we hope will take them involved. The division of this research, into three chapters, the first chapter deals with, international protection for lawyers. And Chapter II international protection for judges. Chapter III international protection for the prosecution. Finally, this study is over, a conclusion include several conclusions, reached by the search, and several recommendations, can enhance international protection for workers in the justice agencies.

التنظيم القانوني للمصنفات المعمارية : دراسة قانونية مقارنة == The LEGAL REGULATION OF ARCHITECTURAL CATEGORIES : A COMPARATIVE LEGAL STUDY

Author name: وداد وهيب لهمود
Supervisor name: طارق كاظم عجيل
General topic: Law
Specific topic: Civil Law
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: In an age when developments began to witness a steadfast growth in all fields, including the urban one, due to information and technology revolution; when the right to a decent life also became a matter of humane demand that is comprehensively and imperatively applicable ، The results and reflections of such as the above have led legislations, including the Iraqi legislation, to add a sort of regulations to the architectural designs, for the latter constitutes the highest image of property - a highness which stems from its connection to that which humans hold most high, namely ،in its creative and intellectual manifestations. Furthermore, the rights stipulated have become a weapon and competitive tool to protect the intellectual rights of architect, which is to encourage innovation and creativity - a goal that requires the presence of legal entity that manages to identify and protect these rights.That said, this research has been devoted to a substantive and significant matter, which is the legal regulation of the architectural designs and its designers, given that it is an essential safeguard for these designs and designers. The importance of this right is increasingly growing in the international conventions, yet the decisions of the Iraqi legislature stipulated in the Copyright Protection Law No. 3 of 1971, along with its amendments afterwards, remains just ideas and simple signals without careful regulations that commensurate with the significance of the architectural designs - which is something that should be taken seriously especially when taking into account that the issues associated with the right of the architect did not take its share so far in the legal sources. What is more, the scarcity of these legal sources did not create possibilities that would lead to evidence substantiation with other researchers’ findings.One might ask, what is the legal regulation of the architectural categories? And, what is the adequacy of such regulation of these designs?Our answer is divided into three chapters, each contains two sections. First, we have established the legal origin of these designs and designers through outlining their definitions and identifying their legal terms. They are, pursuant to the Iraqi legislation, are arts and architectural designs. In Paragraph(4) of Article (2), the Iraqi legislator counted Arts among architectural categories while categorizing architectural designs as written works in Paragraph (10) of Article (2), even though it was also considered artistic categories. However, the Iraqi legislator was no longer considering construction as an architect category worthy of protection. Although a design might be modeled in construction, leading, in this case, to the derogation of an architect’s right due to the lack of an effective protection from such an abuse as when others try, unjustly, to implement a design that is identical to the architect’s, or when a construction containing an architectural design is similar to that set forth by the architect. Hence, we call on the Iraqi legislature to take the position of the US Law to the Architectural Work Copyright Protection Act (AWCPA) No. (650 - 101), for a building containing an architectural design should be considered architectural category worthy of legal protection. We have also investigated the ethical and financial rights ،the ethical side would represent the attitudes and the depths of human soul to whom they are spiritually attached in a manner which is unbreakable and inseparable to the architect. In this sense, the property rights does not allow transferability of a property right into others even though the architect waives his/her rights to others or s/he wills to do so. The financial side, on the other hand, constitutes the financial value of the architectural design through which the architectural designer manages to exploit it, either directly or when s/he uses it as something based on a contract or work. In both cases of property rights, the law works, in most cases, to achieve a fair balance between the rights of the designer and that of others related to his/hers. Hence, the legal protection of both the architectural production and its architect is intended to stop abuse and reduce the aggravation of the damage caused by that abuse. Since these means won’t stop the infringement, the legislation would provide other means aimed at reforming the situation, bringing it back to what it is, or giving a fair compensation.We have finished our study with a conclusion stating the findings and recommendations that we have reached.come to conclude that legal alternatives shall be taken; effective protection means for architectural categories and its designers shall be provided, to which we have seen no attention been given - an attention that we are hoping we find soon.

المسؤولية الجزائية عن الدعاية التجارية الكاذبة : دراسة مقارنة == The Criminal Responsibility for The False Commercial Advertisements comparable study

Author name: امنة كاظم سعدون
Supervisor name: عقيل عزيز عودة
General topic: Law
Specific topic: Criminal Law
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: العراق هو احد دول الاقتصاد الحر الذي يقوم على المنافسة الحرة في اسواق الانتاج والخدمات ، واذا كان السوق في المفهوم الاقتصادي ، لقاء العرض بالطلب فان الدعاية التجارية هي التي تخلق السوق ، ومن باب اولى توسع دائرة السوق نفسهوالا سوق بلا دعاية ، والاخيرة يعنى بها عبارة عن مجموعة من الاجراءات الفنية التي تقوم بها مؤسسة ما ببثها من اجل الحصول على الزبائن ، او زيادة عددهم ، او الحفاظ عليهم وبذلك فان للدعاية التجارية غرضين هما تحفيز المستهلك للاقبال على شراء السلع والخدمات والثاني هو خلق منافسة بين السلع والخدمات المشابهة . وبذلك فان الدعاية التجارية وفق المفهوم المتقدم لا تشكل خطورة على الواقع الاقتصادي وعلى العكس من ذلك فهي تتبوا مكانة هامة في تسويق المنتجات مما يعود بالنفع على المنتجين والموزعين وبالتالي تساعدهم في تحقيق الارباح ومن جانب اخر فانها تساعد المستهلك للتعرف على المنتجات في ظل تعدد وتنوع تلك المنتجات ، ولكن اساليب المنافسة التجارية المستخدمة من قبل منتجي السلعة الواحدة تدفع البعض منهم الى اللجوء لشتى الوسائل قد تكون مشروعة او غير مشروعة وذلك من اجل زيادة عملية الشراء من قبل مستهلكي السلع التي ينتجوها بحيث ضاع مفهوم الكسب المشروع والتعاون على ماينفع الناس وطغت الاهواء الجامحة والسعي الى الربح السريع وغير المشروع اضرارا بجمهور المستهلكين ، مما يستدعي وضع ضوابط قانونية محكمة لمنع تزايد هذه الظاهرة ، ولكن يجب الملاحظة بان الدعاية حتى وان تضمنت معلومات هدفها التاثير النفسي والتهويل والاثارة والمبالغة فانها برمتها لاترقى الى مستوى عدم المشروعية من الناحية القانونية ، لان ابراز محاسن المنتجات ومزاياها دون التطرق الى السلبيات والتشويق النفسي المخالف للحقيقة والواقع ، هو امر طبيعي طالما ان الهدف من الاعلان التجاري هو ترغيب المستهلك ودفعه لشراء المواد المعلن عنها ، وان البطاقة الاعلامية وجدت اصلا لبيان المخاطر التي تنتج عن هذه السلع ، ولكن اذا تضمنت تلك الدعاية من المعلومات المضللة والكاذبة او غير الواضحة عن حقيقية السلعة فان مثل هذه الظروف تدفع المستهلك الوقوع في غلط الذي يلحق به ضررا كبيرا . ولما كان التشريع يعكس واقع المجتمع الاقتصادي والاجتماعي والمفروض انه يواكب التطورات التي تطرا على المجتمع ، لذلك برزت الحاجة الملحة الى وجود قانون يوفر الحماية اللازمة للمستهلك من الدعاية التجارية الكاذبة ، وتجسيدا لذلك صدر قانون حماية المستهلك 2العراقي رقم (1) لسنة 2010 ولكن مع هذا فانه تبين لنا مدى قصوره في معالجة جريمة الدعاية الكاذبة حيث ان النصوص القانونية الواردة في هذا القانون لم تكن كافية لمعالجة التجاوزات والمخالفات العديدة التي ترتكب في يومنا هذا ، من خلال اساليب الخداع المتطورة التي تمارس فيها الدعاية فاننا نلاحظ اهمية وجود نص قانوني موحد وشامل ينظم ويعالج الدعاية التجارية ويحدد الجرائم التي يمكن ان ترتكب من خلالها . وفي ضوء ماتقدم فقد تم تقسيم هذه الرسالة والموسومة بـ ( المسؤولية الجزائية عن الدعاية التجارية الكاذبة ) الى ثلاثة فصول : تناولنا في الفصل الاول دراسة الاطار النظري للدعاية التجارية الكاذبة في مبحثين وبينا فيه مفهوم الدعاية التجارية الكاذبة وتعريفهواخلصنا الى انها مجموعة من الادعاءات والبيانات المخالفة للحقيقة التي تقوم بها بعض الشركات المنتجة وغير المنتجة ببثها او كتابتها سواء تم ذلك بالاعلان التجاري او بالبطاقة الاعلامية .كما عرضنا لاطار القانوني لجريمة الدعاية الكاذبة من حيث الاساس القانوني لتجريمهواتمييزها عما يشابهها .وتكلمنا في الفصل الثاني عن الاحكام الموضوعية والاجرائية التي تحكم جريمة الدعاية التجارية الكاذبة ، وبحثنا فيها الركن المادي والمعنوي للجريمة ثم تطرقنا الى الشروع والمساهمة فيها ، ثم عرضنا الى اهم الاحكام الاجرائية التي تتميز بها هذه الجريمة .واستعرضنا في الفصل الثالث اهم الاثار لهذه المسؤولية من حيث نطاقها من حيث الاشخاص والجزاء المترتب عليها ، وذلك على مبحثين ، فتطرقنا في المبحث الاول حدود هذه المسؤولية من حيث الاشخاص التي تشمل ( المعلن ، المنتج ، المحترف ، الناقل ) وكذلك تناولنا موضوع المسؤولية الجنائية عن فعل الغير في جريمة الدعاية التجارية الكاذبة وامكانية مسائلة الشخص المعنوي عنها . ثم انتقلنا الى اهم اثر يترتب على هذه المسؤولية وهو الجزاء وقسمنا الجزاء الى العقوبات والتدابير الاحترازية ، بحيث تشمل العقوبات الاصلية والتكميلية اما التدابير فتناولنا منها ماهو متعلق بهذه الجريمة .اخيرا بخاتمة هذه الرسالة ضمناها اهم الاستنتاجات التي توصلنا اليها ، وخلصنا الى المقترحات التي يمكن الاخذ بها في هذا المجال لاسيما دعوتنا للمشرع العراقي الى ان يخصص فصل مستقل لجريمة الدعاية التجارية الكاذبة يتناولها من حيث صورهواعناصرهوااركانهواالجزاءات المترتبة عليها . | As a matter of fact, Iraq is really considered as one of the free economic countries which relied upon the free competition in the markets of production and services. If we may pin down markets in the economic conception, as the meeting of supply and demand, therefore, the commercial advertisement will be the cause that creates markets. So it is best to enlarge the market circle itself, as there is no market without advertisement. And advertisement now means as a bunch of the technical procedures in which a corporation may spread on for having customers or increasing their numbers or keeping them up . Therefore, a commercial advertisement has two purposes; firstly, to motivate consumers to buy merchandises and services, and secondly to create competition amid merchandises and similar services. Thus, commercial advertisement, according to the recent conception , it does not represent a risk on the economical reality. And contrarily , it does have an important position in marketing productive merchandise. And that will bring about and advantage to the makers and distributors. And will help them to achieve profits in one hand. And on another hand it will help consumer to recognize the productions under various number and type of these productions. Probably sometimes, the ways of the commercial competition used by the makers of one stuff may impel some to use various kinds of ways whether it is be legal or illegal. In order to increase the purchase operation by merchandise consumers which they do produce. So, in this way that may cause to lose the concept of the legal trading and cooperation for what benefits people, and the extreme desires are overwhelmed and the seeking for fast and illegal profit do harm customers. Thus, it demands to put the finger of arbitrary legal regulations to hold back increasing such phenomena. There has to be in mind that advertisement , even it includes information of the psychological effect, intimidation and exaggeration and suspension, it does not reach an illegal level at the law side. Because showing the productions, advantages and traits, without touching upon the disadvantages and psychological suspension will not be fit properly with facts and reality. It is really a natural matter as long as the reason for commercial advertisement is headed to motivate consumers and egg them on to buy the merchandise advertised about. The informative card is already created for defining the risks that may be produced by this merchandise . but if it includes untrue and deceivable or unclear information about the merchandise reality, so in such circumstances may let fall in mistake which do extreme harm. As the legalization does reflect the economical and social society state. And it is supposedly to catch up with the development which took place to society, so indeed the constant necessity to be such a law will provide the required protection to consumers against untrue commercial advertisement. For embodiment such a law, it has been issued for Iraqi consumer protection, No 1 in 2010. But despite that, it is really be noticed by us its inability in healing the crime of untrue advertisements. As the legal texts mentioned in this law, were not fit enough to fix up the various misbehaviors and misconducts which have been committed in our present time. That done through the developed deceiving ways which have been practicing such advertisements . Thus, we notice the importance of presenting a comprehensive and unified legal text which organizes and healing the commercial advertisement ,as well as identifies the crimes that may be committed .In reverence to what has been mentioned, this thesis titled(The Criminal Responsibility for The False Commercial Advertisements) has been divided we highlight the concept of the untrue commercial advertisement and identifies and concludes that it is a bunch of claims and unreal data to reality in which some of producing or non - companies do spread or writes down what is done via the commercial advertisement or informative into three chapters : in the first chapter we dealt with studying the theoretical framework to the untrue commercial advertisements in two researches. In it card. A well as, we did refer to a legal framework against the untrue advertisement crime according to the legal foundation to incriminate and distinguish it from what is similar to. In the second chapter we talked about the punitive and objective regulations which dominate the untrue advertisement crimes. And in it, we searched the immaterial and material pillar for crime, then we touch upon to attempt and taking part in it . later we worded up to the most important punitive rules which are distinguished by this crime. In the third chapter we took up the most important tracks of this responsibility according to its scope to individuals and the required punition for it. That done in two researches; in the first research we touched upon the limits of this responsibility, according to individuals who are included ( advertiser, producer, professional, transfer). Then we dealt with the punitive responsibility subject on indirect person action in the crime of untrue commercial advertisement and the possibility of holding to account the artificial personality . Later we shifted into the most important track which may impose over such responsibility ,i.e. punition. Then we divided punition into preventive penalties and due process, including complementary and original penalties. As for due process we dealt with what belonged to this crime.Lastly at the end of this thesis ,we include in it, the most conclusions we reach to, and resulted to the suggestions that may be taken in this field. Specifically out calling upon for the Iraqi project to keep an independent chapter for the untrue commercial crime that is dealt with according to its pictures, elements, pillars and punitive that caused by

التنظيم التشريعي لممارسة الشعائر الدينية : دراسة مقارنة == Legislative Regulation of the Religious Rites Practice - A Comparative Study

Author name: منير حمود دخيل
Supervisor name: ميثم حنظل شريف
General topic: Law
Specific topic: Constitutional Law
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: This study strives to look into the Constitutional and legal regulation of the practice of religious rites. In General ,today the subject of human rights , especially the practice of religious rites ,which takes strong interests and attraction by the researcher and reader either he is specialized in this field or not. Especially it has become today one of the most important human rights and freedom in a world which lives the increasing religious extremism. We can say here that measure of the development and evolution of any society was expounded by the respect of that society of the citizens and their fundamental freedoms and rights.So the practice of religious rites has occupied a special place in the social and legal Reality because it is closely linked to humans, inasmuch the breadth of the of public freedoms subject, we preferred to choose the Legislative regulation of the practice of religious rites - a comparative study - to be the Thesis title. It is important to say that the constitutions differ in their treatment of human rights according to the differences in the social, economic, and political conditions. Through this study, we review the practice of religious rites in ancient civilizations and then give the most important definitions of religion and the practice of religious rites. Then we will review in the Comparative legislation and their regulation related of the religious rites practice in two parts : The first part is the constitutional side and the second part is the legal aspect in the comparative legislation. As well - known most of states in the world resort to including in their constitutions the most significant principals and human affairs, which believe that it’s are able to protect them from violation and alteration, which will negatively effects on this practice. This was confirmed by the constitutional legislator in the United States of America in the in the Bill of rights and the First Amendment and the Egyptian legislator from 1923 condition until 2014 constitution.The Iraqi constitution of 2005 has assured the rights to protect the religion believe and the practice of religious rites, in according some of the constitutional guarantees of practicing this practice, also in accordance with signing many kinds of international agreements related to the human rights and freedom. On this basis, this thesis aims at proving the hypothesis, which demands from the constitutions in the comparative countries to constitutional protection for the religious practice in general. The laws in the comparative countries are guaranteed the protection of the practice of religious rites, based on legislation law without differ enation between individuals according to their race, language, and religion in normal conditions or in exceptional conditions. In addition, how these exceptions conditions may increase the restrictions over the practice of individual to some of their rights and expand the specialty of the executive power at the expense of other authorities in the state. It should be noted, this review has adopted of the constitutional provisions and judicial rulings in the comparative countries and others states.Thus, other means are also worth considering; though, we cannot postulate a fully mature one here, some extra legal solutions were provided in the recommendatory section. Nonetheless, both the legislative framework and its reinforcing consensus guideline will offer a legal safe for everyone in the practice of religious ritesFinally, I have finished this thesis by sitting the most consequences I reached it. Keywords : Religion, Secularism, religious rites, Public Sphere, Pluralism, Tolerance, Religious expression, Extremism

استقلال القضاء الدستوري واثره في الرقابة على دستورية القوانين : دراسة مقارنة == The independence of the constitutional judiciary and its impact in controlling the constitutionality of laws : Comparative Study

Author name: حیدر علي ضایف خطار الموزاني
Supervisor name: ولید خشان زغیر الموسوي
General topic: Law
Specific topic: Constitutional Law
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: Many states with different constitutional systems insist on the provident of legal guarantees which ensure the independence of the judiciary in to tally, because it is the apparatus which is responsible for the applying the laws andmaintaining the legal rights and freedoms, but this assistance of the independence of judiciary appears in large in the constitutional judiciary. Whether it is practicing by special courts, or by other kind or types of courts.Because the most important tasks of the constitutional judiciary is maintaining legacy and constitutional freedoms and rights. So, all constitutions in all different countries, which practice judiciary censorship on constitutionality of laws, concerning to establish the independence constitutional judiciary on rigid basis, and ensure the objectivity of constitutional agents to enable the judiciary to practice its roles correctly. The Constitutional Court is mandated to prevent the authorities from violating the provisions of the Constitution, to prevent the legislative authority from issuing laws that violate the provisions of the Constitution and to prevent the executive authority from issuing regulations and regulations that violate the Constitution. This role is exercised through constitutional supervision, It is imperative that the constitutional judiciary grant the independence necessary to exercise this role vis - a - vis the rest of the authorities. The legislative and executive authorities may try to influence the independence of the constitutional judiciary by limiting its role in monitoring through its intervention in its organization or its activities, Whist; therefore the constitutional independence ofthe judiciary is of no choice of it

البيع بشرط تصريف البضاعة il contratto estimatorio : دراسة تحليلية مقارنة == THE CONDITIONAL SALE CONSIGNMENT OF GOODS AN ANALYTIC & COMPARATIVE STUDY

Author name: احمد عبد السلام كاظم
Supervisor name: عماد حسن سلمان
General topic: Law
Specific topic: Commercial Law
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: Iraqi legislator did not define the consignment contract; nor did he regulate its provisions, although it has been frequently circulated in people transactions. The Civil Italian Law No. 262 for the year 1942 regulated its provisions in Articles (1556, 1557, 1558). So it did the Amended Uniform Commercial Code (UCC) of 1952, Section (2/326). It was also stipulated by UK Sale of Goods Act of 1979, Paragraph (4), and Section (18) that dealt with (the sale or return.) The consignment contract is a special in - kind contract under which wholesaler would deliver goods to retailer for sale within an agreed - upon time period, whereby the former retains ownership of the goods until the price be paid, while the latter shall take the risk of loss of the goods and be obliged to pay for whatever be sold with the right to return that which is unsold. The object of contract would only include the movables without real estates. It does not take place by means of mutual consent. Rather it must be concluded whenever a wholesaler hands over the goods to retailer. Besides, it is a netting contract binding on the parties, on each party a host of commitments shall be placed. It is an immediate contract whereby time is not considered an essential element in spite of a delay of payment.The consignment contract, although it is more like a sale contact, is not a sale contract. For the sale contract is a consensual contract governed just by a mutual consent of its two parties, while the contract in question is an in - kind contract concluded by no means but delivery. Neither is it a deposit contract, nor agency contract, nor commission contract, nor company contract and nor sale with the retention of ownership. Rather, it is a special contract, new in its legal drafting, and one of the contracts that might be treated rightfully and legally, for it is in conformity with public order and morals.Furthermore, the contract in question is devoid of ambiguity and ignorance. For the wholesaler, who wants to sell out the largest possible number of his goods, would decide to distribute these goods to retailers, determining the price of the goods and the time of sale. The retailer does not afford the price of the goods, would receive the goods from the wholesaler and bear the risk of its loss so that he can sell them out. The price gain is the difference between the price determined by the wholesaler and the price at which the retailer sell.Under the contract, the retailer is committed to sell out the goods in accordance with the principle of good faith, i.e. the retailer must make every effort to show the goods in question and encourage customers to buy. Any violation of above would entail that the retailer is acting on bad faith, that is when he decides to store in the goods rather than having them offered to the public. In such a case, the wholesaler is entitled to terminate the contract because the retailer breached its obligations to sell out the goods in good faith. The retailer shall adhere as well to a key commitment that he should pay for the goods that have been sold, as well as his commitment - which is at the same time his right - to return the goods that have not been sold during the agreed - upon period. The wholesaler shall in return be committed to deliver the goods subject of the contract.The consignment contract is an in - kind contract; it is originally not to be concluded nor does it exist without delivery of goods. It also entails that the wholesaler is committed not to have access to the goods while in the possession of the retailer, whatever that might be, whether mortgaging or selling of the goods. The wholesaler as well shall not claim a refund of the goods within the specified period of the sale. Under the contract, the liability for the loss of the goods shall be placed on the retailer upon delivery; he holds responsible for the cause of the loss, even if it was a foreign cause of which he does not have a choice. Nevertheless, the retailer shall not be liable for any loss in case of old goods. Creditors of the retailer may not hold on the goods so long as the retailer did not pay for the goods. Besides, the wholesaler shall retains ownership of the goods until the retailer pays for the goods. The creditors of the wholesaler may not seize the goods under contract. This ruling is derived from the text of Article (1376) of the Iraqi Civil Law which acts as an exception to the privilege of movable seller.The consignment contract ends upon the sale of the goods, which is the subject of contract, or by the end of the specified period of sale. Moreover, the contract in question is one of the contracts that is governed by personal considerations so that the death of the retailer might be one reason among many that leads to terminate the contract especially in case that a wholesaler is not convinced with the efficiency and integrity of the retailers heirs. The contract also deemed terminated if one of the parties is considered in breach of a commitment determined by the contract in question.

التنظيم الدولي لشرط التسليم او المحاكمة واثره في النظام القانوني العراقي == International REGULation of the CoNDITION OF extradiTION or TRIAL AND ITS IMPACT ON the Iraqi legal system

Author name: مهند هادي عبد الحسين
Supervisor name: محمد ثامر مخاط السعدون
General topic: Law
Specific topic: Public International Law
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: The condition of Extradition or trial is a new and old condition, adopted by the " Grocius " 400 years ago, on day at which the international law as whole was undergoing a jelly - like period. It is now dealt with by the International Law Commission after the International law appears to be broad enough to suffer fragmentation.On the one hand, it links the requirement of condition of extradition or trial between international and criminal law, but this does not impair its international character , it is reflected positively on the international instruments that codified the international endeavor to prevent crimes known as transnational crimes, that have generated other close concepts to it such as inclusive jurisdiction and principle of integration .On the other hand, this international organization was revealed to be of three levels. First, the organization dealt the condition that research included the sources of its conditions and obstacles to effective application . The second level tackles the organization of international agreements to this condition, which take this condition out of its political nature to give it a purely legal character for the purpose of dealing with organized international crimes. This organization had a clear impact in the scope of energy transfer, technology, cybercrime and extradition conventions. The third level discusses the judicial regulation of the condition of extradition or trial, which is added up to this condition through the guarantees established by the judiciary so that to guarantee human rights and to violate his freedom . Finally, we come upon the impact of this condition in Iraqi legal system represented by the agreements that Iraq ratified and joined as well as its impact on criminal legislation, whether criminal or substantive. The study as well dealt with the point of condition in the special criminal laws .The requirement of extradition or prosecution is meant to pursue offenders and act upon prosecuting them in any place or to bring them to a party whom it wishes to put them into in order not to provide him with a safe haven. It is also clear that the Iraqi criminal legislation is free of any text that would include this requirement .

نتئج تنظير القولون والفحص النسيجي لمراجعي مركز التنظير البالغين في مستشفى الحسين التعليمي 2018 == Colonoscopic and histopathological finding among adults attending to Al Hussein teaching hospital colonoscopic center 2018

Author name: وجدان عجيل حسن
Supervisor name: علي عبد سعدون الغزي | فائز خلف عبد المحسن
General topic: Medicine
Specific topic: Community Medicine
Degree: Higher Diploma
Language: English
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: Colonoscopy is a preventive, diagnostic & possible therapeutic safe procedure .Its results influence patient’s life and outcome. To estimate the extent of abnormal colonoscopy finding among adults attended to colonoscopy center, to estimate the extent of pathological finding among patients which were biopsies had been taken , to find out the main determinant of clinical and pathological findings of colonoscopy , and to estimate the validity of colonoscopy hospital based analytical cross sectional study carried out. It is extended from beginning of February 2018 to second week of September 2018. It was carried out in Al Hussein teaching hospital in Al Nasiriyah city Thi Qar Governorate . A convenience sample of (178) attended to colonoscopy center was included in the study. The researcher try to study the socio - demographic characters and determinant using a well prepared questioner that approved by ethical committee. It was revised by two experts in medicine. Statistical Package for Social Sciences (SPSS) version 23 was used for data analysis P value (0.05) was a cut - off point for measuring statistical association .The colonoscopy findings for178 participants were as follow the normal cases were 76 (42.7%), internal hemorrhoid in 49 cases (27.5%) , nonspecific inflammation in 23cases (12.9%) , polyp in 20 cases in (11.2%) , inflammatory bowel disease in 7cases (3.9%) , colorectal cancer in 6 cases (3.4%) , and other diseases in 7cases (3.9%) Some patients had more than one abnormality.The histopathological result of colonoscopic biopsies for 39 cases which were as follow non - specific inflammation 25 cases (64.2%) ,colorectal cancer 6 cases (15.4%) , and inflammatory bowel disease 4 cases (10.2%) , and polyps 4 cases (10.2%) .About the diseases that diagnosed by colonoscopy there was a significant statistical association between age groups and specific diseases like inflammatory bowel disease, non - specific inflammation diverticular diseases , and polyps. No significant statistical association between age and colorectal cancer .Bleeding per - rectum is a big predictor sign and symptoms of lower gastrointestinal problems , and it is the main cause of referral. The Combination of diazepam and pethidine represent the highest percent (87.6%) of intravenous sedation used in 156 cases.Adequate bowel preparation in 133 cases (74.7%) while inadequate preparation was in 34 cases (19.1%) ,and bad preparation was in 11 cases (6.2).About the site of polyp we found that the most commen site of polyp others colonic polyp 9 cases (45%) , sigmoid polyp 6 cases (30%) ,and rectal polyp 5 cases (25%). While the distribution of carcinoma according to the site of location . Carcinoma of sigmoid were 3 cases (50%) , carcinoma of other colon were 2 cases (33.3%) ,and carcinoma of rectal was 1 case (16%). Sigmoid represent the most common site of occurrence of carcinoma.Colonoscopy is 92.30 % sensitive in diagnosis lower GIT problems .The most common cause of referral was bleeding per - rectum and most abnormal finding was internal heamorrhoid . Inadequate prepared bowel hide small pathology

معدل انتشار ومحددات الامراض المهنية في مدينة الناصرية في العام 2018

Author name: صفاء خضير عباس
Supervisor name: علي عبد سعدون الغزي | مسلم ناهي الهلالي
General topic: Medicine
Specific topic: Community Medicine
Degree: Higher Diploma
Language: English
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: Background : Occupational diseases and work - related injuries are a significant public health problem with severe consequences for workers and society (disabilities, lost working time, medical care). It's a major epidemic problem in the field of public health in developing countries .Aims : 1. Assessment of general workers' health.2. Exploring the extent and determinants of the occupational diseases in Al - Nasiriyah province in 2018.Method and material : An analytical cross - sectional study for exploring the extent of occupational diseases which was conducted in Al Nasiriyah thermal electrical plant, cable plant and oil refinery in the Al Nasiriyah - city at 2018. A multistage cluster sampling method was conducted to recruit (369) workers. The data gathered by survey questionnaire and processed by statistical analysis.Results : The extents of the occupational diseases and occupational injuries were about 68.02% and 22.5% respectively with diseased to non - diseased ratio equal to (2.1 : 1) and injured to non - injured ratio equal to (0.29 : 1) among the workers in AL - Nasiriyah city in 2018. The highest extent (46.6%) was being within the (From 41 - 50 years) age group. The extents of the occupational diseases for the males and females were accounting for 75.3% and 31.1% respectively with the male : female ratio equal to 12.2 : 1. Binary Logistic Regression was done for adjusting the confounder factors for systematically classified occupational diseases. An odds ratio was equal to (19.1).Recommendations : Introducing the speciality of the occupational doctor in primary health care. Requesting from the medical committees in Thi Qar Governorate Council of Nasiriyah for the establishment of the (Thi - Qar Occupational Medical Centre) to promote the optimal occupational medical care.

دراسة معدل انتشار ومحددات امراض العيون في العيادة الخارجية في الناصرية خلال عام 2018 == Epidemiology Of Ophthalmological Disease in Outpatient Clinic in AL - Nasiriya During 2018

Author name: هالة علي حسين
Supervisor name: علي عبد سعدون الغزي | واجدة سعد بنيان
General topic: Medicine
Specific topic: Community Medicine
Degree: Higher Diploma
Language: English
University location: Dhi Qar
Key words:
  • AL Nasiriya
  • 2018
  • epidemiology of ophthalmological disease.
First pages:
Abstract: Background : Ophthalmological disease especially (ocular allergy) represents one of the most common conditions encountered by ophthalmologists.Allergic conjunctivitis is often underdiagnosed and consequently undertreated. Basic and clinical research has provided a better understanding of the cells, mediators, and immunologic events, which occur in eye allergy.Objectives : This study was carried out to provide a profile on the epidemiology of ophthalmological disease in outpatient clinic in Al - Nasiriya at 2018.Materials and methods : Cross - sectional analytical study involved 1000 patients, attending Al - Habboby Teaching hospital _ophthalmology out patient in Al Nasiriya , the study extended from February to September 2018. sociodemographic factor ,current history of ophthalmology disease and some determinants, specific investigation had implemented from each patient to assess the frequency ,determinants ,distributions of the commonest ophthalmological disease, (SPSS) version 23 had been in used to analysis data when be p - value <0.05 considered as significant statistically.Results : Female to male ratio was (1.277). Mean age (35 - +2.0) , the highest Prevalence ophthalmological disease according prevalence rank as follow (allergy, viral conjunctivitis , cataract ,bacterial conjunctivitis and foreign body) the result was (32.1%,14.5%,9.5%,4.6%,4.1%) respectively. While lowest prevalence of ophthalmological disease was (astigmatism ,hyphema ,lazy eye, hordeolum, sebaceous cyst) the result was (0.1%,0.1%,0.1%,0.1%,0.1%)respectively. Where resident and education had significant statistical association.Conclusion : Ophthalmological disease specially allergy are becoming more common in Al - Nasiriya . Increasing levels of allergy carry significant clinical and economic implications, with more people at risk of the sight - threatening complications associated with high allergy.
1 ... 10 11 12 13 14 ... 19